1534254762537-GDCE 2018 Eng

ANALOG ELECTRONICS QUESTIONS
More than 1500 Questions with past IES GATE and PSU
Questions
Complied by K Vinay Kumar
(7416441861)
for More Competitive books contact me or mail me @

kvkee09@gmail.com
CHAPTER NO-1
ANALOG ELECTRONICS FOR IES (ECE)

IES - 1999
Q.1 The given figure shows a composite transistor consisting of a MOSFET and a bipolar transistor in cascade
The MOSFET has a trans conductance of 2 mA/V and the bipolar transistor ha ( ) of 99. The overall
transconductance of the composite transistor is
(a) 198 mA/V (b) 19.8 mA/V (c) 1.98 A/V (d) 1.98 mA/V
Q.2 In a single stage differential amplifier, the output offset voltage is basically dependent on the mismatch of
(a) and (b) and (c) and (d) and
Q.3 The input resistance of a common emitter stage can be increased by
1. Unbypassing emitter resistance 2. Bootstrapping
3. Biasing it at low quiescent current 4. Using compounded BJTs
The correct sequence in descending order of the effectiveness of these methods is
(a) 2, 4, 1, 3 (b) 4, 3, 2, 1 (c) 2, 4, 3, 1 (d) 4, 2, 3, 1
Q.4 The collector voltage of the circuit shown in the given figure is approximately
(a) 2 V (b) 4.6 V (c) 8 V (d) 8.6 V

Q.5 Thermal runaway will take place if the quiescent point is such that
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.6 Circuit shown in the given figure represents
(a) An astable multivibrator (c) voltage controlled oscillator

(b) A monostable multivibrator (d) Ramp generator
Q.7 In a feedback series regulator circuit, the output voltage is regulated by controlling the
(a) Magnitude of the input voltage (c) Reference voltage
(b) Gain of the feedback transistor (d) Voltage drop across the series pass transistor
Q.8 A three terminal monolithic IC regulator can be used as
Electronics/Electrical Engineering
a) An adjustable output voltage regulator alone
b) An adjustable output voltage regulator and a current regulator
c) A current regulator and a power switch
d) A current regulator alone
Q.9 Which one of the following devices is NOT used as the controller in a stabilizer?
(a) Diac (b) Triac (c) SCR (d) Power transistor
Q.10 A second order band pass active filter can be obtained by cascading a low pass second order section having cut off
frequency with a high pass second order section having cut off frequency , provided.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.11 If a class C power amplifier has an input signal with frequency of 200 kHz and the width of collector current pulses
of 0.1 , then the duty cycle of the amplifier will be
(a) 1% (b) 2% (c) 10% (d) 20%
Q.12 The given circuit has a feedback factor of
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.13 A Hartley oscillator is used for generating
(a) Very low frequency oscillation (c) Microwave oscillation
(b) Radio – frequency oscillation (d) Audio – frequency oscillation
Q.14 The output voltage of the given circuit
(a) – 100 V (b) – 100 mV (c) 10 V (d) – 10 mV

Q.15 The voltage gain versus frequency curve of an OP Amp is shown in the given figure
The gain bandwidth product of the Op Amp is

(a) 200 Hz (b) 200 MHz (c) 200 KHz (d) 2 MHz
Q.16 The of the Op Amp circuit shown in the given figure is
(a) (b) (c) (d) Zero

Q.17 A 12 V monolithic regulator is adjusted to obtain a higher output voltage as shown in the given figure
The will be
(a) 12 V (b) 17 V (c) 24 V (d) 29 V
Q.18 The voltage of the circuit shown in the given figure is
(a) 5 V (b) 3.1 V (c) 2.5 V (d) Zero

Q.19 Assertion (A): A monostable multivibrator can be used to alter the pulse width of a repetitive pulse train.
Reason (R): Monostable multibirator has a single stable state.
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
(c) A is true but R is false
(d) A is false but R is true
Q.20 Assertion (A): Miller sweep circuit producing sawtooth waveform is relaxation oscillator.
Reason (R): The active device alternately supplies power to the load and relaxes when it is cut off.
Q.21 Assertion (A): In the circuit shown in the figure, a prescribed value of load current , will gradually fall.
Reason (R): Above the prescribed value, as load current increases, decreases/

Q.22 Assertion (A): A large negative feedback is deliberately introduced in an amplifier to make its gain independent of
the variation of parameters of the active device and other circuit components.
Reason (R): A large negative feedback results in a high value of return difference compared to unity, which makes
the feedback gain inversely proportional to the feedback factor.
IES - 2000
Q.23 A common emitter amplifier circuit is shown in the given figure
The slope of AC load line is
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) (d)
Q.24 An amplifier circuit is shown in the given figure:
The voltage gain ( ) is

(a) 4/3.33 (b) 100 (c) 150 (d) 160
Q.25 Consider the following statements:
A totem pole configuration used in the output stage of an op amp has the advantage of using
1. Only n-p-n BJTs
2. Complementary symmetrical pair of transistors.
3. Only one transistor.
Which of these statement is/are correct?
(a) 1 alone (b) 2 alone (c) 3 alone (d) 1 and 3
Q.26 A 1 ms pulse can be stretched to 1 s pulse by using
(a) An astable multivibrator (c) A bistable multivibrator
(b) A monostable multivibrtaor (d) A Schmitt trigger circuit
Q.27 An FET is a better chopper than a BJT because it has
(a) Lower offset voltage (c) Lower input current
(b) Higher series ON resistances (d) Higher input impedance
Q.28 Consider the following statements regarding the bootstrap biasing arrangement for a BJT emitter follower:
1. The input impedance is very high.
2. The voltage gain is exactly equal to one.
3. The output impedance is equal to zero.
Which of these statements is correct?
(a) None (b) 2 alone (c) 3 alone (d) 1 alone
Q.29 In the circuit shown in the given figure, the approximate voltages at the transistor
a) Base and emitter respectively are -8V and -7.3 V

b) Base and collector respectively are -8V and -5 V
c) Collector and emitter respectively are -8V and -7.3 V
d) Base, emitter and collector respectively are -6V, -7.3 V and -5 V
The lower cut off frequencies for an RC coupled CE amplifier depend on
1. Input and output coupling capacitors
2. Emitter bypass capacitor
3. Junction capacitors
Which of these statements is/are correct?
(a) 1 alone (b) 2 alone (c) 1 and 2 (d) 2 and 3
Q.31 The op – amp circuit shown in the given figure is
(a) A high pass circuit (c) A band pass circuit

(b) A low pass circuit (d) An all pass circuit
Sziklai pair
1. Is also called complementary Darlington.
2. Acts like a single p – n – p transistor with a very high current gain.
3. Can be used in class B push pull power amplifier.
Which of these statements are correct?
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 1 and 3 (c) 2 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
Q.33 Which one of the following power amplifiers has the maximum efficiency?
(a) Class A (b) Class B (c) Class AB (d) Class C
Q.34 If a common emitter amplifier with an emitter resistance has an overall transconductance gain of
, a voltage gain of -4 and desensitivity of 50, then the value of the emitter resistance would be
(a) 50 kΩ (b) 0.98 kΩ (c) 50 MΩ (d) 0.98 MΩ
Q.35 The voltage gain of an amplifier without feedback and with negative feedback respectively are 100 and 20. The
percentage of negative feedback ( ) would be
(a) 4% (b) 5% (c) 20% (d) 80%
Q.36 If the Q of a single stage single turned amplifier is doubled, then its bandwidth will
(a) remain same (b) Become half (c) Become double (d) Become four times
Q.37 An amplifier using BJT has two identical stages each having a lower cut – off (3 dB) frequency of 64 Hz due to
coupling capacitor. The emitter degeneration alone of 64 Hz. The lower (3 dB) frequency of the overall amplifier is
nearly
(a) 100 Hz (b) 128 Hz (c) 156 Hz (d) 244 Hz
Q.38 Consider the following statements in react9ionj to a large value of capacitor filter used in a full wave rectifier:
1. Low conduction period for the diode rectifier.
2. Increased peak current rating of the diode.
3. Large peak inverse voltage rating of the diode.
(a) 1, 2 and 3 (b) 2 and 3 (c) 1 and 2 (d) 1 and 3
Q.39 In every practical oscillator, the loop gain is slightly larger than unity and the amplitude of the oscillations is limited
by the
(a) Magnitude of the loop gain (c) Magnitude of the gain of the amplifier
(b) Onset of non linearity (d) Feedback transmission factor
Q.40 In the circuit shown in the given figure, the current flowing through resistance of 100Ω would be
(a) 8 mA (b) 10 mA (c) 20 mA (d) 100 mA
Q.41 Which one of the following sets of circuits can be obtained by using a 555 timer?
a) Pulse modulator and amplitude demodulator
b) Pulse modulator and astable multivibrator
c) Amplitude demodulator and AC to DC converter
d) AC to DC converter and astable multivibrator
Q.42 The input voltage of Zener regulator varies from 20 V to 30 V. The load current varies from 10mA to 15mA. If the
Zener voltage is 5V, the value of series resistor will be
(a) 1 kΩ (b) 1.5 kΩ (c) 1.66 kΩ (d) 2.5 kΩ
Q.43 CE configuration is the most preferred transistor configuration when used as a switch because it
(a) Requires only one power supply (c) Is easily understood by every one
(b) Requires low voltage or current (d) Has small CEO
Q.44 The terminal run away in a CE transistor amplifier can be prevented by biasing the transistor in such a manner that
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.45 Assertion (A): OP – amps with FET input stages have less than those with BJT.
Reason (R): BJT has higher transocnductance than FET.
Q.46 Assertion (A): For equal outputs, the harmonic distortion is reduced in CE amplifier with the introduction negative
feedback.
Reason (R): Nonlinear distortion usually arises due to signals traversing the large part of the dynamic characteristic
of the transistor at the output stage.
Q.47 Assertion (A): Thyristors are preferred over power diodes in variable power rectifiers.
Reason (R): Thyristors provide controlled rectification even though they have more power loss in comparison to
power diodes.
IES - 2001
Q.48 In the circuit shown in the given figure, is given by
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) (d) cos t
Q.49 Assertion (A): In an op – amp circuit when on input terminal of the op amp is grounded. The other terminal becomes
a virtual ground .
Reason (R): Input impedance of the op amp is high.
Q.50 Assertion (A): While using UJT fort the generation of saw tooth voltage, it has to be biased so that it can work
within the range of characteistic.
Q.51 Assertion (A): In an amplifier with negative feedback, the gain stability is improved by the factor where A is
the magnitude of gain and is the feedback factor.
Reason (R): The relation between gain with feedback and gain without feedback A, is . Thus
| |

Q.52 Assertion (A): Two stage stagger tuned amplifier should have greater bandwidth and flatter pass band.
Reason (R): When synchronous tuning is used in two cascaded tuned circuits, the bandwidth reduces considerably.
Q.53 Match List I (Circuit name) with List II (circuit diagram) and select the correct answer using the codes given below
the lists:
List I
A. Cascade connection
B. Cascode connection
C. Darlington connection
D. Parallel connection
Codes:
A B C D
a) 1 2 3 4
b) 2 1 3 4
c) 1 2 4 3
d) 2 1 4 3
Q.54 Thermal runaway is not possible in FET because as the temperature of FET increases
(a) The mobility decreases (c) The drain current increases
(b) The transconductance increases (d) The mobility increases
Q.55 In a 741 op amp, there is 20 dB/decade fall off starting at a relatively low frequency. This is due to the
(a) Applied load (b) Internal compensation
(c) Impedance of the source (d) Power dissipation in the chip
Q.56 The input differential stage of op amp 741 is biased at about 10 current. Such a low current of the input stage
gives
1. High CMRR 2. High differential gain 3. Low differential gain 4. High input impedance
Which of these are correct?
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 1, 2 and 4 (c) 3 and 4 (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
Q.57 The condition to be satisfied to prevent thermal runaway in a transistor amplifier where ( Power dissipated at
Collector, Junction temperature, Ambient temperature, Q = Thermal resistance) is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.58 Consider the following statement:

The function of bleeder resistance in filter circuit is to
1. Maintain minimum current necessary for optimum inductor filter operation.
2. Work as voltage divider in order to provide variable output from the supply
3. Provide discharge to capacitors so that output becomes zero when the circuit has been de-energised.
Q.59 Consider the following rectifier circuits.
1. Half wave rectifier without filter.
2. Full wave rectifier without filter.
3. Full wave rectifier with series inductance filter.
4. Full wave rectifier with capacitance filter
The sequence of these rectifier circuits in decreasing order of their ripple factor is
(a) 1, 2, 3, 4 (b) 3, 4, 1, 2 (c) 1, 4, 3, 2 (d) 3, 2, 1, 4
Q.60 The use of a rectifier filter in a capacitor circuit gives satisfactory performance only when the load
(a) current is high (b) Current is low (c) Voltage is high (d) voltage is low
Q.61 In a single stage RC coupled common emitter amplifier, the phase shift at the lower 3dB frequency is
(a) Zero (b) (c) (d)
Q.62 The main drawback in the performance of shunt peaked wide band amplifier is
(a) Too low gain at low frequency (b) Reduced gain at middle frequency
(c) Power phase response (d) that the maximum gain of the stage is small
Q.63 A relaxation oscillator is one which
(a) Has two stable states (b) oscillates continuously
(c) Relaxes indefinitely (d) Produces non sinusoidal output
IES - 2002
Q.64 In a circuit, if the open loop gain is and output voltage is 10 volt. The differential voltage should be
(a) (b) 0.1 V (c) 100 (d) 1
Q.65 An operational amplifier possesses
a) Very large input resistance and very large output resistance
b) Very small input resistance and very small output resistance
c) Very large input resistance and very small output resistance
d) Very small input resistance and very large output
Q.66 A BJT is to be used in a high frequency circuit in common emitter amplifier. For a higher upper cut off frequency
( and have their usual meanings)
a) should be as small as possible
b) and should be as large as possible
c) and should be as large as possible
d) and should be as large as possible
Q.67 Consider the following statements regarding a common emitter amplifier. It can be converted into an oscillator by:
1. Providing adequate positive feedback
2. Phase shifting the output by and feeding this phase shifted output to the input
3. Using only a series tuned circuit as a load on the amplifier
4. Using a negative resistance device as a load on the amplifier
Which of the above statements are correct?
(a) 1, 2, 3 and 4 (b) 1 and 2 (c) 1, 3 and 4 (d) 3 and 4
In order to generate square wave from a sinusoidal input signal one can use
1. Schmitt trigger circuit.
2. Clippers and amplifiers.
3. Monostable mulitvibrators.
Which of the above statements is/are correct?
(a) 1 alone (b) 1 and 2 (c) 2 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
Q.69 An op amp circuit is shown in the figure given below. Different inputs and output are given under List I and List II.
Match List I (inputs) with List II (Outputs) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 4 1 3
b) 1 3 2 4
c) 2 3 1 4
d) 1 4 2 3
Q.70 The PIV rating of the diodes used in power supply circuits are chosen by which one of the following criteria? ( is
the peak input supply voltage to the rectifier circuit used in the power supply)
a) The diodes that are to be used in a full wave rectifier should be rated 2 and in bridge rectifier equal to
b) The diodes that are to be used in a full wave rectifier should be rated and in bridge rectifier equal to 2
c) All diodes should be rated for only
d) All diodes should be rated for
Q.71 An Rc amplifier stage has a bandwidth of 500 kHz. What will be the rise time of this amplifier stage?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.72 In the circuit shown below, if and the impulses can completely saturate transistor , then the output
voltage will be
Q.73 The power input to an amplifier is . The power gain of the amplifier is 40 dB. The output power of the amplifier
is
(a) 80 (b) (c) (d) 80 mW
Q.74 Given below are 2 sets of diagram – one set shows 4 circuits with inputs; the other shows the output ( ). Match List
I (Inputs) with List II (Outputs) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
Codes:
A B C D
a) 1 3 2 4
b) 2 3 1 4
c) 1 4 2 3
d) 2 4 1 3
Q.75 A class – B push pull type amplifier with transformer coupled load uses two transistors rated 10 W each. What is the
maximum power output one can obtain at the load from this circuit?
(a) 40 W (b) 50 W (c) 60 W (d) 70 W
Q.76 In the circuit shown.
The transistor is biased at

(a) 0 mA (b) 5 mA (c) 3.9 mA (d)
Q.77 An op amp circuit is shown in the figure
The output will be (assume ideal op – amp)

(a) Equal to zero because the input is zero
(b) Dependent on element values hence nothing can be predicated without a knowledge of element values
(c) A square wave varying between and
(d) A sinusoidal wave of amplifier
Q.78 An amplifier will generate stable sinusoidal oscillations if we provide feedback such that
a) Its poles lie close to axis in the right half of s-plane
b) Its poles lie closed to axis in the left half of s-plane
c) Its poles lie on the +ve real axis in s-plane
d) Its poles lie anywhere in s-plane
Q.79 A non inverting op – amp is shown below (assume ideal op amp)
The output voltage for an input [ ( )]

(a) 3/2 sin (100 t) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( ( )
Q.80 Assertion (A): Operational amplifiers should have a high slew rate for good transient response.
Reason (R): Slew rate is the maximum rate of change of the output voltage of the operational amplifier when a large
amplitude step is applied to its input.
Q.81 Assertion (A): An operational amplifier should have a low input offset current.
Reason (R): Input impedance of op – amp should be very high.
Q.82 Assertion (A): An operational amplifier can amplify very low frequency including d.c. signals.
Reason (R): Op – amp uses very large coupling capacitor for cascading the various stages.
Q.83 Assertion (A): To obtain high switching speed in BJT based logic circuits, transistors are operated in active region.
Region (R): In active region transistor works as a linear element.
IES - 2003
Q.84 Match List I (Circuit) with List II (Property) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List I List II
A. R-C coupled single stage amplifier 1. Beta multiplier
B. Emitter follower 2. Constant current source
C. Common base amplifier 3. Very high input impedance
D. Darlington amplifier 4. Phase inverter with voltage gain
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 1 4 2
b) 4 3 1 2
c) 3 4 2 1
d) 4 3 2 1
Q.85 Consider the following statements in respect of a transistor R-C coupled amplifier:
1. The low frequency response is determined by the transistor junction capacitors.
2. The high frequency response is limited by coupling capacitors.
3. The miller capacitance reduces the gain at high frequencies.
4. As the gain is increased the bandwidth gets reduced.
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 2 and 3 (c) 3 and 4 (d) 1 and 4
Q.86 Match List I (Circuit Name) with List II (characteristics) and select the correct answer using the codes given below
the lists:
List I List II
A. Schmitt trigger 1. It needs a pulse transformer
B. Monostable multivibrator 2. It is used to generate gating pulse
C. Astable multivibrator 3. It is a bistable circuit
D. Blocking oscillator 4. It has no stable state
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 2 4 1
b) 2 3 1 4
c) 3 2 1 4
d) 2 3 4 1
Q.87 The biasing shown in the below circuit is
(a) Emitter bias (b) Self bias (c) Potential divider bias (d) Boot strap bias
Q.88 Which of the following main properties of a bipolar junction transistor make it necessary for the transistor to have
bias stabilization?
1. Variation of with temperature
4. Variation of with transistor replacement
5. Variation of with transistors replacement
6. Variation of with transistor replacement
Select the correct answer using the codes given below:
(a) 1, 2 and 6 (b) 1, 3 and 4 (c) 2, 3 and 5 (d) 3, 4, 5 and 6
Q.89 A triangular square wave generator uses
(a) A sine wave oscillation and a comparator (c) A differentiator and a comparator
(b) An integrator and a comparator (d) A sine wave oscillator and a clipper
Q.90 An amplifier has two identical cascaded stages. Each stage has a bandwidth of 20 kHz. The overall bandwidth shall
approximately be equal to
(a) 10 kHz (b) 12.9 kHz (c) 20 kHz (d) 28.9 kHz
Q.91 The common emitter current gain bandwidth produce of a transistor ( ) is defined as the frequency at which
(a) Alpha of the transistor falls by 3 dB (c) Beta of the transistor falls to unity
(b) Beta of the transistor falls by 3 dB (d) Power gain of the transistor falls to unity
Q.92 Which of the following components control the low frequency of the R-C coupled amplifier?
1. Wiring capacitance
2. Parasitic capacitances of transistor
3. Coupling capacitances
4. Emitter bypass capacitance
Q.93 For a full – wave rectifier with shunt capacitor filter, the peak to peak ripple voltage is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(where f = fundamental power line frequency, current)
Q.94 In a BJT amplifier with the introduction of feedback, the input impedance is reduced, output impedance is increased ,
bandwidth is increased and distortion is reduced. The feedback is
(a) Voltage series (b) Current series (c) Voltage shunt (d) Current shunt
Q.95 The stag marked X in the shown below architecture of a two stage op – amp is
(a) Direct coupled amplifier (c) Level shifter

(b) Buffer amplifier (d) blocking oscillator
Q.96 The current through the resistor R in the below circuit is
(a) 1 mA (b) 4 mA (c) 8 mA (d) 10 mA
Q.97 In the op – amp circuit shown above (assuming ideal op – amp)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.98 The function of the diode D in the timer circuit shown below is to
(a) Increase the charging time of C (c) Increase the discharging time of C
(b) Decrease the charging time of C (d) Decrease the discharging time of C
Q.99 Assertion (A): If the emitter bypass capacitor of an R – C coupled, CE amplifier gets disconnected, its voltage gain
increases.
Reason (R): The unbypassed emitter resistor negative feedback .
Q.100 Assertion (A): A self biased BJT circuit is more stable as compared to a fixed biased one.
Reason (R): A self biased BJT circuit uses more components as compared to a fixed biased one.
Q.101 Assertion (A): Wien bridge oscillator is generally used a variable audio frequency oscillator.
Reason (R): By varying either the capacitor or resistor value in one of the arms of the Wien bridge oscillator can be
varied.
IES - 2004
Q.102 Consider the following circuits:
Which one of the following statements is correct?
(a) Circuit 1 is parallel connection and circuit 2 is Darlington connection
(b) Circuit 1 is cascade connection and Circuit 2 is Darlington connection
(c) Circuit 1 is Darlington connection and Circuit 2 is cascade connection
(d) Circuit 1 is cascade connection and Circuit 2 is parallel connection
Q.103 An amplifier has a d.c. power supply of 15V and draws a current of 10mA. It produces an output of 5V peak across a
load resistance of 600 Ω for a signal frequency of 1 kHz. What will be it‟s a.c. power output?
(a) 260 mW (b) 20.8 mW (c) 520 mW (d) 40.6 mW
Q.104 The transfer function of a transistor amplifier is given by
( )( )
Which one of the following gives the approximate upper 3-dB frequency of the amplifier?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.105 Which one of the following is a wide band amplifier?
(a) RF amplifier (b) IF amplifier (c) Video amplifier (d) AF amplifier
In JFET amplifiers, high frequency response can be improved by using peaking circuits containing inductors
1. In series with drain resistance
2. In series with the coupling capacitance
3. As a feedback element between drain and gate
Which of the statements given above are correct?
Q.107 Which one of the following statements a correct?
If in a double tuned voltage amplifier, the mutually coupled secondary and primary are synchronously tuned with
equal Q – values then for the over coupled case the maximum voltage amplification
a) Is greater than that for critical coupling and the amplifier characteristic is double peaked
b) Is less than that for critical coupling and the amplifier characteristic has a single peak
c) Is same as that for critical coupling and the amplifier characteristic is double peaked
d) Is less than that for critical coupling and the amplifier characteristic is doubled peaked.
Q.108 A tuned amplifier has a voltage gain of 100 and a bandwidth of 10 kHz it is required to increase the bandwidth to 20
kHz. This can be achieved by which one of the following ways?
(a) By doubling the gain (c) By halving the Q of the coil
(b) By doubling the resonant frequency (d) By halving the power supply voltage
Q.109 A d.c. to converter has an efficiency of 80% and is supplying a load of 24 W at 240 V. What is the current drawn
from the battery if the converter is working form a battery of 12 V?
(a) 0.1 A (b) 2.0 A (c) 2.5 A (d) 10 A
Q.110 Consider the following circuit:
What is the function of diode in the above circuit?

(a) To avoid saturation of the Op – Amp (c) to reduce reverse breakdown voltage of
(b) To provide negative feedback when the input is negative (d) As a buffer
Which one of the following expressions for is correct?
(a) ( ) (c) ( )
(b) (d) ( )
Q.112 Which one of the following statements is not correct in respect of a series transistor feedback voltage regulator?
a) The regulation factor can be improved by increasing the of the shunt transistor
b) The regulation factor can be improved by increasing the resistance between the collector of the shunt transistor
and the collector of the series transistor
c) Output resistance can be reduced by using a Darlington pair in place of the series transistor
d) Output resistance can be reduced by reducing the of the shunt transistor
Q.113 consider the following Op Amp circuit:
What is the output voltage in the above Op Amp circuit?

(a) +10V (b) – 10 V (c) + 11 V (d) -11 V
What is the value of in the above circuit, if the voltage and are to be amplified by the same amplification
factor?
(a) 7 kΩ (b) 22 kΩ (c) 33 kΩ (d) 35 kΩ
Q.115 What is the load current in the circuit below?
(a) -5 mA (b) – 10 mA (c) +25 mA (d) +50 mA

Q.116 A 50 Hz symmetric square wave is applied to the RC circuit shown in the diagram given below:
Which one o the following is the correct shape of the output waveform?
For the circuit shown above, which one of the following is a correct statement?
(a) does not conduct for any value of (c) for all values of
(b) for all values of (d) for all values of V
Q.118 Assertion (A): In a transistor switching circuit, it is desirable that the transistor should not be driven into hard
saturation for fast switching applications.
Reason (R): When a transistor is under saturation on state, both its emitter base and collector base junctions remain
under forward bias.
What is the circuit shown above?

(a) Miller sweep (b) bootstrap sweep (c) Schmitt trigger (d) Triangular wave generator
Q.120 Match List I (Application of the circuit) with List II (Circuit Name) and select the correct answer using the codes
given below the lists:
List I List II
A. Divider 1. Astable multivibrator
B. Clips input voltage at two predetermined 2. Schmitt trigger
C. Square wave generator 3. Bistable multivibrator
D. Narrow current pulse generator 4. Blocking oscillator
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 2 1 3
b) 3 2 1 4
c) 4 1 2 3
d) 3 1 2 4
How does the above circuit work
(a) As a logarithmic amplifier (c) As a positive clipper
(b) As a negative clipper (d) As a half wave rectifier
What is the type of circuit given above?

(a) Monostable (b) Ramp generator (c) VCO (d) Bistable multivibrator
What is voltage difference between collector and emitter ( ) in the above circuit?
(a) 10/3 (b) 0 V (c) 5 V (d) 3 V
IES - 2005
Q.124 Consider the NPN transistor circuit shown below:
What is the output voltage in the above circuit?

(a) 0 V (b) 12 V (c) 9 V (d) 5 V
A clamper circuit
1. Adds or subtracts a dc voltage to or from a waveform.
2. Does not change the shape of the waveform.
3. Amplifies the waveform
Q.126 The noise figure of a lossy network at room temperature equals the
(a) Gain of the network (c) Equivalent noise temperature of the network
(b) Attenuation factor of the network (d) Input noise power
Q.127 Assertion (A): In a Darlington connection, two transistors are connected in cascade in common emitter
configuration.
Reason (R): The Darlington connection aims at making the current gain very high, almost equal to the product of
beta of individual transistors.
Q.128 Assertion (A): It is possible to use the technique of additive amplification to get a wide band amplifier.
Reason (R): In additive amplifier, the overall gain of the amplifier is the sum of the gain of the individual amplifiers.
Q.129 Assertion (A): The self bias technique as used for a JFET cannot be used for establishing an operating point for the
enhancement MOSFET.
Reason (R): The voltage drop across is such that it reverse biases the gate
Q.130 A transistor RC coupled amplifier is designed for a voltage and band gain of 20. But a measurement at a particular
frequency shows the gain to be only 14. What is the likely phase shift at this frequency?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.131 What is the value of required to self bias an N channel JFET with , and ?
(a) 250Ω (b) 500 Ω (c) 750 Ω (d) 1500 Ω
Q.132 When a voltage divider biased amplifier has its Q-point near to the middle of the dc-load line, what is the maximum
unclipped peak to peak output voltage?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.133 is the frequency at which the short circuit
a) Common collector current gain has a magnitude of unity
b) Common base current gain has a magnitude of unity
c) Common emitter current gain has a magnitude of unity
d) Common emitter current gain has magnitude of 1/√
Q.134 Match List I (Type of Amplifier) with List II (Property) and select the correct answer using the code given below the
lists:
List I List II
A. Single ended class A 1. Medium efficiency with minimum distortion
B. Class AB push pull 2. High efficiency with crossover distortion
C. Class B push pull 3. Harmonic generator with highest possible conversion efficiency
D. Class C 4. Poor conversion efficiency with minimum distortion
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 3 4 1
b) 4 1 2 3
c) 2 1 4 3
d) 4 3 2 1
Q.135 A cascaded amplifier comprises N identical non – interacting stages, each having a lower 3 dB frequency of . If
is the lower 3 dB frequency of the cascaded amplifier, then which one of the following is correct?
(a) (b) √ (c) √ (d)

1. To achieve wide bandwidth, a transistor with a small is chosen.
2. To achieve wide bandwidth, a transistor with a small .
3. To achieve wide bandwidth, a transistor with a small base spreading resistance is chosen.
Q.137 Three amplifiers each of gain ( ) and producing a phase of are connected in tandem. The feedback loop is
closed through a positive gain of 0.008. what should be the value of for the system to be oscillatory?
(A) + 10 (b) – 10 (c) +250 (d) +83.3
Q.138 Match List I (name of the Oscillator) with List II (Characteristic) and select the correct answer using the codes
List I List II
A. Colpitts oscillator 1. RC Oscillator
B. Phase Shift oscillator 2. Phase Shift Oscillator
C. Tunnel diode Oscillator 3. Negative resistance Oscillator
D. Relaxation oscillator 4. Sweep circuits
Codes:
A B C D
a) 1 2 3 4
b) 2 1 3 4
c) 1 2 4 3
d) 2 1 4 3
Q.139 In a half wave rectifier, if an a.c. supply a 60 hz, then what is the a.c. ripple at output?
(a) 30 Hz (b) 60 Hz (c) 120 Hz (d) 15 Hz
Q.140 Select the correct output ( ) wave shape for a given input ( ) in the clamping network given below:
Q.141 Pulses of definite width can be obtained from irregular shaped pulses:
a) When it is given as input to a monostable multivibrator
b) When it is gain triggering signal to a bistable multivibrator
c) When it is used as input to a Schmit trigger
d) When it is used as input to a pulse transformer
Q.142 For the circuit given below, what is equal to?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.143 for a given op – amp, CMRR = and differential gain = . What is the common mode gain of the op – amp?
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1
Q.144 A half wave rectifier having a resistance load of 1 k Ω rectifies an a.c. voltage of 325 V peak value and the diode has
a forward resistance of 100 Ω. What is the RMS value of the current?
(a) 295.4 mA (b) 94.0 mA (c) 147.7 mA (d) 208.0 mA
Q.145 Silicon and Germanium are not suitable for fabrication of laser diodes because:
a) Their absorption coefficients are very high
b) Their emission coefficients are very low
c) They have direct band gap
d) They have indirect band gap\
IES - 2006
Q.146 In the circuit shown below, what is the value of transfer function ?
(a) (b) (c) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.147 Consider the following statements related to a shunt generator:

1. The full load voltage is lower than no load voltage.
2. The above lowering is partly due to voltage drop in armature resistance.
3. The field current does not change with load and has no effect on generated voltage.
(a) 1, 2 and 3 (b) Only 1 and 2 (c) Only 2 and 3 (d) Only 1 and 3
Q.148 What is the phase shift between the input and output voltage in a common –base small signal amplifier (assuming
ideal coupling and bypass capacitors)?
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of the above
Q.149 The transistor circuit shown in the figure given below is to function as an amplifier. If , what is the value
of (approximate)?
(a) 15 V (b) -15 V (c) -10 V (d) -13.5 V

Q.150 for the circuit shown below if & , then what is the value of ?
(a) 3000 Ω (b) 1000/3 Ω (c) 300 Ω (d) 100 Ω

Q.151 Consider the following parameters of a hybrid – equivalent circuit of BJT:
1. Transconductance ( ) 2. 3.
Which of the above parameters vary with temperature in similar manner (all of them decrease or all of them
increase)? Select the correct answer using the code given below:
(a) Only 1 and 2 (b) Only 2 and 3 (c) Only 1 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
Q.152 What is the main advantage of a JFET cascade amplifier?
(a) High voltage gain (c) Very low input capacitance
(b) Low output impedance (d) High input impedance
Q.153 When used for amplification, the output port side of a BJT behaves a controlled current source. According to the
above, the variation of which one of the following dies not change the output current of an ideal BJT? (The BJT is
being used in a common emitter amplifier circuit?
(a) Load resistance (c) both load resistance and collector to base bias voltage
(b) Collector to base bias voltage (d) Base emitter bias voltage
Q.154 Where does the operating point of a class B power amplifier lie?
a) At the middle of a.c. load line
b) Approximately at collector cut off on both the d.c. and a.c. load lines
c) Inside the collector cut off region on a.c. load line
d) At the middle point of d.c. load line
Q.155 Consider the following statements in respect of a CC amplifier:
1. It performs a resistance transformation from low to high resistance
2. Its current gain is close to unity
3. Its voltage gain is close to unity.
4. Its frequency range is higher than that of a CE stage.
(a) 1, 2 and 4 (b) 1 and 3 (c) Only 2 and 4 (d) 3 and 4
Q.156 A CE – amplifier has . Given and . What is the voltage gain?
(a) – 500 (b) – 400 (c) – 50 (d) – 40

Q.157 In a FET common source high frequency amplifier, which one of the following is the correct expression for input
capacitance ?
(a) ( ) (c) ( )
(b) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.158 The drain gate capacitance of a junction FET is 2 pF. Assuming a common source voltage gain of 20, what is the
input capacitance due to Miller effect?
(a) 21 pF (b) 40 pF (c) 42 pF (d) 10 pF
Q.159 Assertion (A): All practical R – C phase shift oscillators generate sinusoidal oscillation with some amount of
amplitude distortion, which cannot be avoided.
Reason (R): The amplitude distortion of a sinusoidal oscillator is controlled by the onset of non linearity of the
amplifying device.
Q.160 Narrow pulses with adjustable mark to space ratio can be obtained form square wave input signal by using which of
he following?
1. Schmitt trigger 2. Monostable multivibrator 3. Clippers
Select the correct answer using the code given below:
(a) Only 1 (b) Only 2 (c) 1 and 2 (d) 2 and 3
Q.161 A differential amplifier ahs inputs, and with CMRR = 1000. What is the error in the
differential output?
(a) 10% (b) 1% (c) 0.1% (d) 0.01%
1. Stray capacitance at the input terminal of an op amp effectively introduces an additional phase lag network in
feedback loop.
2. Stray capacitance depends upon the value of resistor used in feedback.
3. Low value of resistances has higher effects on stray capacitance.
4. High value of resistance has higher effects on stray capacitance.
(a) 1, 2 and 3 (b) 2, 3 and 4 (c) 1, 3 and 4 (d) 1, 2 and 4
Q.163 In the given circuit, is an ideal germanium diode and is a silicon diode having its cut in voltage as 0.7 V,
forward resistance as 20 and reverse saturation current ( ) as 10 nA. What are the values of I and V for this
circuit, respectively?
(a) 60 mA and 0 V (b) 50 mA and 0 V (c) 53 mA and 0.7 V (d) 44 mA and 1.58 V
Q.164 The two stages of a cascade amplifier have individual upper cut off frequencies and .
What is the best approximation for the upper cut off frequency of the cascade combination?
(a) 4.16 MHz (b) 3.33 MHz (c) 2.5 MHz (d) 5.00 MHz
Q.165 An amplifier has an open loop gain of 1000 10. Negative feedback is provided such that the gain variation remains
within 0.1%. What is the amount of feedback ?
(a) 1/10 (b) 1/9 (c) 9/100 (d) 9/1000
We would be able to achieve broad banding in a common source FET amplifier, by
1. Resonance between the shunt capacitance and a compensating inductance.
2. RC compensating network between source and drain.
3. Connecting compensating network in series with the coupling capacitors.
Which of the statements given above is/are correct?
(a) Only 1 (b) 1 and 2 (c) 1 and 3 (d) 2 and 3
IES - 2007
Q.167 Which one of the following gain equations is correct for a MOSFET common – source amplifier? ( is mutual
conductance, and is load resistance at the drain)
(a) (b) (c) ( ) (d)
Q.168 Which one of the following statements is correct?
a) Directly proportional to the upper 3-dB frequency
b) Inversely proportional to the upper 3-dB frequency
c) Directly proportional to the lower 3-dB frequency
d) Inversely proportional to the lower 3-dB frequency
Q.169 The 3-dB cut off frequency of a d.c. amplifier is 5 MHz. What is its rise time?
(a) 350 ns (b) 200 ns (c) 70 ns (d) 35 ns
Q.170 For the amplifier shown in the figure given below, the lower cut off frequency depends on which of the following?
(a) , internal junction capacitances of transistor

(b) Strong wiring capacitance ( )
(c)
(d) only
Q.171 In a class B push pull operation, the d.c. power drawn in 28 W. What is the power delivered by the amplifier at the
ideal maximum efficiency of power conversion?
(a) 28 W (b) 14 W (c) 22 W (d) 7 W
Q.172 Cascode amplifier when compared with a simple common emitter amplifier provide which of the following?
(a) Higher voltage gain and same bandwidth
(b) Same voltage gain but higher bandwidth
(c) No change in either voltage gain or bandwidth
(d) Voltage gain less than one but bandwidth equal to
Q.173 Which of the following features are offered by a bipolar junction transistor amplifier in Darlington connection?
1. High voltage gain 2. High input impedance 3. High current gain
(a) 1 and 2 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c) 1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3
Q.174 Operating point shift can occur in an amplifier due to which one of the following?
(a) Input frequency variation (b) Noise at the input
(c) Parasitic capacitances (d) Power supply fluctuation
Q.175 For a CE amplifier, d.c. load line is which one of the following plots?
a) versus for a given Value of ( ) and
b) versus for a given value of ( ) and
c) versus for a gain value of
d) versus for a given value of
Q.179 A power supply has a full load voltage of 24 V. What is its no – load voltage for 5% regulation (rounded to the
nearest integer)?
(a) 12 V (b) 23 V (c) 25 V (d) 6 V
Q.180 In a negative feedback amplifier, when a the input impedance increased?
(a) If the signal sampled is a voltage (c) If the feedback signal is a voltage
(b) If the signal sampled is a current (d) If the feedback signal is a current
Q.181 A tuned amplifier has peak output at 2 MHz and quality factor 50. The bandwidth and 3-dB frequencies shall be at
what values respectively?
(a) 40 kHz, 2.02 MHz, 1.98 MHz (c) 80 kHz, 2.04 MHz, 1.96 MHz
(b) 40 kHz, 2.04 MHz, 1.96 MHz (d) 80 kHz, 2.08 MHz, 1.92 MHz
Q.182 The pinch off voltage for a P-channel JFET. If . What is the value of at which it will enter
into saturation region?
(a) -6 V (b) -4 V (c) +8 V (d) +4 V
Q.183 What is the output voltage of the below circuit?
(a) -11 V (b) 6 V (c) 11 V (d) -6 V

Q.184 What is the output voltage of the below circuit?
(a) -1.1 V (b) +1.1 V (c) 1.0 V (d) 10 V

Q. 185 Assertion (A): Many power devices utilize the case itself as one of the principal current carrying terminals.
Reason (R): Such a connection maximizes the thermal resistance between the working semiconductors and the
transistor case.
Q.186 Assertion (A): The three electrodes, Source, Drain and Gate of a FET correspond to Emitter, Base and Collector of a
junction transistor respectively input signal is generally applied to the gate and gate voltage controls the electric
field in the channel.
Reason (R): In the input circuit, the gate and the channel act like two plates of a capacitor. A charge of one polarity
on the gate induces an equal and opposite charge in the channel. As a result the conductivity of the channel can be
increases for decreased by .
IES - 2008
Bias stabilization in a BJT circuit is very important, because it
1. Provides high voltage and current gain.
2. Ensures large bandwidth of the amplifier,
3. Keeps the operating point unchanged with change of temperature.
Which of the above statement(s) is/are correct?
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 2 and 3 (c) 3 only (d) 1 and 3
Dominant pole frequency compensation in an Op Amp
1. Increase the slew rate of the Op Amp
2. Increases the stability of the Op – Amp
3. Reduces the bandwidth of the Op – Amp
4. Reduces the CMRR of the Op Amp
(a) 1 and 3 only (b) 1, 2 and 4 (c) 1 and 2 only (d) 2 and 3 only
Q.189 In a practical oscillator circuit, which one of the following limits the amplitude of the oscillations?
(a) Onset of non linearity (c) oscillation frequencies
(b) Power supply voltage (d) Temperature of the active device
Tuned amplifiers
1. Are wide band amplifiers
2. Are used in radio transmitters and receivers
3. Performance is determined by Q of the circuit
Q.191 A feedback amplifier has an open loop gain of -100. If 4% of the output is fed back in a degenerative loop, what is
the closed loop gain of the amplifier?
(a) -33.3 (b) -25 (c) -20 (d) +25
Q.192 Match List I (Type of Feedback) with List II (Effect on and ) and select the correct answer using the code
List I List II
A. Voltage series 1. increases and decreases
B. Voltage Shunt 2. and decreases
C. Current Series 3. and increases
D. Current Shunt 4. decreases and increases
Codes:
A B C D
a) 1 4 3 2
b) 3 2 1 4
c) 3 4 1 2
d) 1 2 3 4
Q.193 An amplifier has a gain , upper cut off frequency of 100 kHz and lower cut off frequency of 1 kHz. A
negative feedback of is added. Which one of the following is not correct?
(a) Gain becomes 100/11 (c) Upper cut off frequency becomes 1.1 MHz
(b) Lower cut off frequency becomes (100/11) kHz (d) dB of feedback is 20 11
Q.194 What is the collector circuit efficiency of a class B push pull amplifier if
peak load voltage, and
collector supply voltage
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.195 Which of the following components are chosen to construct a d.c. power supply to supply 6 V d.c. voltage from 230
V a.c. to operate a tape recorder?
1. Step down transformer 3. Resistors and capacitors
2. Diodes 4. Three pin voltages stabilizer
Select the correct answer using the code given below;
(a) 1, 2 and 3 only (b) 1 and 4 only (c) 3 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
Q.196 The figure shown is a circuit of which one of the following?
(a) Bridge rectifier (c) Rectifier with filter

(b) Voltage doubler (d) Comparator
Q.197 Which of the following components control the high frequency response of the R – C coupled amplifier?
1. Parasitic capacitance of the transistor 2. Coupling capacitance
3. Stray capacitances 4. Wiring capacitance
(a) 1 and 2 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c) 3 and 4 only (d) 1,l 3 and 4
Q.198 The figure given below shows the circuit of which one of the following?
(a) Bi – stable multi vibrator (c) Monostable multi vibrator

(b) Schmitt trigger (d) Astable multi vibrator
Q.199 The figure given below shows the transfer characteristics of which one of the following
(a) Peak clipper (b) Bottom clipper (c) Clamper (d) Two level clipper
Q.200 Match List I (Name of the circuit) with List II (Property of the circuit) and select the correct answer using the code
List I List II
A. Pre amplifier 1. Non linear circuit
B. Power amplifier 2. Lumped, linear, passive, bilateral, finite circuit
C. Rectifier circuit 3. Large signal amplifier
D. Purely resistive circuit 4. Small signal amplifier
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 2 1 3
b) 1 3 4 2
c) 4 3 1 2
d) 1 2 4 3
Q.201 Assertion (A): A high value of resistor is connected across the diode in a clamper circuit for better performance.
Reason (R): If this resistor is not present, the circuit will response to sudden decrease in the magnitude of the input
pulse train, but the response to sudden increase in the amplitude will cause improper respose.
Q.202 Assertion (A): Complementary transistors are used for class B push pull power amplifiers.
Reason (R): We don‟t need transformers if we use complementary transistors in class B push pull power amplifiers.
Q.203 In a class A amplifier, ( ) and ( ) the conversion efficiency for a series fed load will be
equal to
(a) 25% (b) 23.33% (c) 12.5% (d) 11.67%
Q.204 Neutralizing capacitors are normally used in
(a) Audio amplifiers (c) RF and IF amplifiers
(b) Video amplifiers (d) Operational amplifiers
Q.205 Silicon diodes are less suited for low voltage rectifier operation because
(a) It cannot withstand high temperatures (b) Its reverse saturation current is low
(c) Its curt in voltage is high (d) Its breakdown voltage is high
Q.206 CE configuration is the most preferred transistor configuration when used as a switch because
a) It requires only one power supply
b) It requires low voltage or current for operating the switch
c) It is easily understood by every one
d) It has small
IES - 2009
Q.207 Consider the following
1. Oscillator 2. Emitter follower 3. Cascaded amplifier 4. Power amplifier
Which of these use feedback amplifiers?
Q.208 Why npn-transistors are preferred overpnp-transistors?
a) Leakage current in npn transistors is less than pnp – transistors
b) Mobility of majority carrier in npn transistors is greater than the mobility of majority carrier in pnp transistors
c) Bias voltage required in npn is less than in pnp transistors
d) Bias voltage required in npn is greater than in pnp transistors
To draw a.c. equivalent circuit of a transistor, all
1. D.c. sources are shorted
2. A.c. sources are shorted
3. D.c. sources are opened
4. A.c. sources are connected to d.c. sources
(a) 2 and 4 (b) 1 and 2 (c) 1 only (d) 3 and 4
Q.210 Which one of the following statements is not correct with regard to power amplifiers?
a) The collector current is large
b) They are used as the front end of multi stage amplifiers
c) They are used near the end of the multi stage amplifiers
d) They have a high power rating ( )
Q.211 Consider the following statements regarding the class – B power amplifiers (Complementary symmetry type):
1. The efficiency of the amplifier is higher than that of class A amplifier
2. The power output is low.
3. Cross over distortion is present.
4. The standby power dissipation is absent.
Q.212 Consider the following:
1. Distortion 2. Gain 3. Bias stabilization
4. Sensitivity 5. Frequency response
Which of these properties of the power amplifier one should concentrate upon while designing a good power
amplifier circuit?
(a) 1, 2 and 3 (b) 1, 3 and 5 (c) 2, 3 and 4 (d) 4 and 5
Q.213 Consider the following:
1. Coupling capacitor
2. Emitter by-pass capacitor
3. Emitter to diffusion capacitance of the BJT
4. Stray capacitance of the circuit.
Which of these components in a R-C coupled amplifier control the lower cut off frequency of the amplifier?
Q.214 Which one of the following is a regulated power supply?
(a) IC 555 (b) IC 844 (c) IC 3080 (d) IC 723
Q.215 Consider the following statements, regarding an OP AMP
1. All types of negative feedback reduce non-linear distortion.
2. All types of negative feedback reduce the output offset voltage.
3. Non-inverting (current and voltage) feedback increases the input impedance.
4. Inverting (current and voltage) feedback decreases input impedance.
(a) 1 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c) 2 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3, and 4
The bias stability of an emitter bias amplifier circuit improves by
1. Decreasing the value of .
2. Increasing the value of .
3. Decreasing the value of .
4. Increasing the value of .
5. Increasing the value of
Which of the above statement are correct?
Q.217 Which of the following will be true for a CE transistor amplifier if the emitter resistor value of made equal to zero?
1. Its gain will increase. 2. Its gain will decreases
3. Its gain will decreases. 3. Its stability will decreases
Select the correct answer from the codes given below:
Q.218 Which one of the following circuits is used for converting a sine wave into a square wave?
(a) Astable multivibration (c) bistable multivibration
(b) Monostable multivibration (d) Schmit trigger
Q.219 Which of the transistor models is most preferred for the analysis of a transistor circuit both at mid band and at high
frequencies?
(a) H-parameter model (b) Y-parameter model
(c) S-parameter model (d) Hybrid – model
Q.220 Which of the following describe the control properties of an emitter follower circuit?
1. It is voltage series feedback circuit. 3. Its voltage gain is less than unity.
2. It is a current series feedback circuit. 4. Its output impedance is very low.
(a) 1, 3 and 4 (b) 2, 3 and 4 (c) 2 and 3 only (d) 2 and 4 only
Q.221 Which one of the following type of negative feedback increases the input resistance and decreases the output
resistance of an amplifier?
(a) Current series feedback (c) current shunt feedback
(b) Voltage series feedback (d) Voltage shunt feedback
Q.222 Which one of the following oscillations is well suited for the generation of wide range audio frequency sine waves?
(a) RC phase shift oscillator (c) Wien bridge oscillator
(b) col – pitts oscillator (d) Hartley oscillator
Q.223 Consider the following statement about a good power supply:
1. The a.c. ripple should be high.
2. . (Voltage stability factor) should be low.
3. , (Temperature stability factor) should be low.
(a) 1, 2 and 3 (b) 2 only (c) 3 only (d) 2 and 3 only
Q.224 Which of the following are the non-linear applications of OP Amp?
1. Current to voltage converter 2. Comparator
3. Peak detector 4. Limiter
Q.225 Consider a 565 PLL with and . What is the output frequency of the ?
(a) 10 kHz (b) 5 kHz (c) 2.5 kHz (d) 1.25 kHz
Q.226 Which of the following does show non linear V-I characteristics?
(a) Schottky diode (b) Tunnel diode
(c) Thermister, at a fixed temperature (d) P-n junction diode
Q.227 Which of the following conditions must be satisfied for a transistor to remain under saturation?
1. Its collector to base junction should be under forward bias.
2. Its collector to base junction should be under reverse bias.
3. Its emitter to base junction should be under reverse bias.
4. Its emitter to base junction should be under forward bias.
Q.228 Which junction has least junction capacitance?
(a) Alloy (b) Grown (c) Diffused (d) Point contact
Q.229 Assertion (A): A fixed bias BJT circuit exhibits better performance as compared to a self bias BJT circuit.
Reason (R): A fixed bias BJT circuit uses less components as compared to a self bias BJT circuit.
Q.230 Assertion (A): The small signal analysis of a transistor amplifier is done to obtain the current gain, voltage gain and
the conversion efficiency of an amplifier.\
Reason (R): The small signal analysis of a transistor amplifier uses the small signal parameters of the transistors.
Q.231 Assertion (A): A rectifier with inductor filter is more efficient for high load current.
Reason (R): In rectifier with inductor filter we can use a larger choke to reduce ripple, larger choke will have higher
dc resistance which will result in lower dc output voltage for higher load current.
Q.232 Assertion (A): It is not desirable to drive a transistor into hard saturation in high speed switching circuits.
Reason (R): It may not be possible to bring it back to cut off state, if it is driven into hard saturation.
IES - 2010
Q.233 Consider the following statements
When compared with a bridge rectifier, a centre tapped full wave rectifier:
1. Has larger transformer utilization factor.
2. Can be used fro floating output terminals i.e. no input terminal is grounded.
3. Needs two diodes instead of four.
4. Needs diodes of a lower PIV rating.
(a) 1 and 2 only (b) 1, 2 and 3 (c) 3 only (d) 3 and 4 only
Q.234 The output from the below circuit is
(a) √ (b) (c) (d)

√
Q.235 A transistor works in three regions

1. Cut off 2. Active 3. Saturation
While used as switch in digital logic gates, region it work in are
Q.236 A rectifier (without filter) with fundamental ripple frequency equal to twice the mains frequency, has ripple factor of
0.482 and power conversion efficiency equal to 81.2%.
The rectifier is
1. Bridge rectifier
2. Full wave (non bridge) rectifier
3. Half wave rectifier
(a) 2 and 3 only (b) 2 only (c) 1 and 2 only (d) 1, 2 and 3
Q.237 The output of the below OP amp circuit is
(a) -0.75 volts (b) – volts (c) – volts (d) 16 votls

Q.238 Consider the below circuit, for , the output voltage for will be

Q.239 The circuit shown below is a
(a) Bi – stable multi vibrator (c) Free running multi-vibrator
(b) Mono- stable multi-vibrator (d) Ramp generator
Q.240 The correct waveform for output ( ) for below network is
IES - 2011
1. A Schmitt trigger circuit can be emitter-coupled bi-stable circuit.
2. Schmitt trigger circuit exhibits hysteresis phenomenon.
3. The output of a Schmitt trigger will be triangular if the input is square wave.
(a) 1, 2 and 3 (b) 1 and 2 only (c) 2 and 3 only (d) 1 and 3 only
Q.242 In order to obtain repetitive pulses of unequal mark space one can use:
1. A voltage comparator fed with a triangular wave signal and dc voltage.
2. AN astable multi vibrator.
3. A mono-stable multi-vibrator fed with a square wave input.
(a) 1 and 3 only (b) 1 and 2 only (c) 2 and 3 only (d) 1,2 and 3
Q.243 A small signal voltage amplifier in common emitter configuration was working satisfactorily. Suddenly its emitter
bypass capacitor ( ) got disconnected. Its:
1. Voltage gain will decreases 3. Bandwidth will decreases
2. Voltage gain will increases 4. Bandwidth will increases
(a) 1 and 4 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c) 3 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
Q.244 The main advantage of active filter is that it can be realized without using:
(a) Transistor (b) Capacitor (c) Resistor (d) Inductor
Q.245 For the transistor circuit shown in the figure when:
1. , transistor is OFF
2. , transistor is OFF
3. , transistor is ON
4. transfer is ON

(a) 1, 2, 3 and 4 (b) 1 and 2 only (c) 2 and 3 only (d) 3 and 4 only
Q.246 What is the name of the circuit shown below?
(a) Miller sweep (b) bootstrap sweep (c) Schmitt trigger (d) Triangular wave generator
Q.247 Assertion (A): The frequency stability of an oscillator improves as increases, where refers to the phase angle of
the loop gain.
Reason (R): For sustained oscillation to occur in an oscillator circuit, the loop shift should be or 2n where n is
an integer.
Q.248 A CE amplifier has an unbypassed emitter resistance of 0.5 kΩ and a collector load of 5 kΩ. The of the transistor is
100 and it is operating at 1 mA. The voltage gain of the stage at mid band will be of the order of
(a) 200 (b) 100 (c) 10 (d) 50
Q.249 A common emitter transistor amplifier has a collector load 10 kΩ. If its and
( ), the voltage amplification of the amplifier is nearly equal to
(a) 500 (b) 200 (c) 100 (d) 50
Q.250 Using transistors ,
1. Class A power amplifier has a minimum efficiency of 50%.
2. Class B push pull power amplifier gives rise to crossover distortion.
3. Class AB push pull power amplifier has higher efficiency than class –B push pull amplifier.
4. Class C power amplifier is generally used with tuned load for RF amplifications
(a) 1, 2,3 and 4 (b) 2 and 4 only (c) 3 and 4 only (d) 1 and 2 only
Q.251 In an RC coupled transistor amplifier
1. Low frequency response is determined by coupling capacitors.
2. High frequency response is determined by junction capacitances
3. Mid frequency response is determined by both coupling and junction capacitances.
Q.252 The inductance and resistance in the below circuit is used for
(a) Low frequency compensation only (c) Both low frequency and high frequency compensation
(b) High frequency compensation only (d) Increasing mid frequency gain without affecting the cut
off frequencies
Q.253 In the below circuit the optimum low frequency compensation is obtained when
(a) (b) (c) ( ) (d) ( )

Q.254 The amplifier circuit shown in the figure is an example of
(a) Voltage series feedback (c) Current series feedback

(b) Voltage shunt feedback (d) Current shunt feedback
Q.255 The peak output of a tuned amplifier is at 6 MHz and has quality factor of 60. The bandwidth and 3 dB frequencies
shall be
(a) 100 MHz, 6.05 MHz and 5.95 MHz (b) 6 MHz, 9 MHz and 3 MHz
(c) 600 kHz, 6.6 MHz and 5.4 MHz (d) 100 kHz, 6.05 MHz and 5.95 MHz
Q.256 A half wave rectifier has an input voltage of 240 V rms. If the step down transformer has turns ratio of 8 : 1, what is
the peak load voltage? Ignore diode drop.
(a) 27.5 V (b) 86.5 V (c) 30.0 V (d) 42.5 V
Q.257 What is the output voltage for the below circuit?
(a) -4.8 V (b) + 1.2 V (c) -2.4 V (d) + 2.4
CHAPTER NO-2
Analog Electronics Question for IES(EE)
Q.1 A specimen of intrinsic germanium with the density of charge carriers of , is doped with donor
impurity atoms such that there is one donor impurity atom for every germanium atoms. The density of
germanium atoms is . The hole density would be
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.2 In a forward biased photo diode, an increase I incident light intensity causes the diode current to
(a) Increase (b) Remain constant
(c) Decrease (d) Remain constant while the voltage drop across the diode increases
Q.3 If for intrinsic Silicon at , the charge concentration and mobilities of free electrons and holes are
per , ( ) and ( ) respectively, is conductivity will be
(a) ( ) (c) ( )
(b) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.4 A circuit using the BJT is shown in the below figure, the value of is
(a) 120 (b) 150 (c) 165 (d)

166
Q.5 Bridge rectifiers are preferred because
(a) They require small transformer
(b) They have less peak inverse voltage
(c) They need small transformer and also have less peak inverse voltage
(d) They have low ripple factor
Q.6 For the circuit shown in the below figure and are respectively
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.7 In an RC coupled amplifier, the gain decreases in the frequency response due to the
a) Coupling capacitor at low frequency and bypass capacitor at high frequency
b) Coupling capacitor at high frequency and bypass capacitor at low frequency
c) Coupling junction capacitance at low frequency and coupling capacitor at high frequency
d) Device junction capacitor at high frequency and coupling capacitor at low frequency
Q.8 The Darlington pair has a current gain of approximately , the voltage gain , the input resistance and the
output resistance . When the Darlington pair is used in the emitter follower configuration, , and are
respectively
(a) Very large, very large and very small (c) Unity, very small and very large
(b) Unity, very large and very small (d) Very large, very small and very large
Q.9 Match List I (Hybrid parameter) with List II (Units/definitions) and select the correct answer:
List I List II
A. 1. Forward Current transfer ratio
B. 2. Ohms
C. 3. Siemens
D. 4. Reverse Voltage transfer ratio
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 1 3 4
b) 1 2 4 3
c) 1 2 3 4
d) 2 1 4 3
Q.10 An amplifier having an output resistance of gives an open circuit output voltage of 6V(rms). The maximum
power that it can deliver to a load is
(a) 1.5W (b) 2.25 W (c) 2.4 W (d) 9W
Q.11 Active load is used in the collector of the differential amplifier of an op-amp to
a) Increase the output resistance
b) Increase the differential gain
c) Increase maximum peak to peak output voltage
d) Eliminate load resistance from the circuit
Q.12 For the circuit shown in the below figure, assuming for the transistor, the transistor will be in
(a) Cut off region (b) Inverse active region (c) Active region (d) Saturation region
Q.13 The slew rate of an op amp is 0.5 V/micro sec. The maximum frequency of a sinusoidal input of 2V rms that can be
handled without excessive distortion is
(a) 3 kHz (b) 30 kHz (c) 200 kHz (d) 2 MHz
Q.14 An op – amp is used in the circuit as shown in the below figure. Current is
(a) ( )
(b) (c) (d) ( )
Q.15 A circuit with op – amp is shown in the below figure. The voltage is
(a) (b) 2 (c) (d)

Q.16 A sinusoidal waveform can be converted to a square waveform by using a
(a) Two stage transistorized overdriven amplifier (b) Two stage diode detector circuit
(c) Voltage comparator based on op – amp (d) Regenerative voltage comparator circuit
Q.17 For the circuit shown in the below figure, by assuming and , the best approximation fo the
collector current in the active region is
(a) 1 ma (b) 2.4 mA (c) 3 mA (d) 9.6 mA
Q.18 High power efficiency of the push pull amplifier is due to the fact that
(a) Each transistor conducts on different cycle of the input (c) There is no quiescent collector current
(b) Transistors are placed in CE configuration (d) Low forward biasing voltage is required
Q.19 Which one of the following is the output of the high pass filter to a step input?
Q.20 The Schmitt trigger circuit is shown in the below figure. If , the tripping point for increasing input
voltage will be
(a) 1 V (b) 0.893 V (c) 0.477 V (d) 0.416 V

Q.21 In Boolean Algebra,
If ( )( ̅ ), then
(a) ̅ (b) ̅ (c) ̅ (d) ̅
Q.22 A switch circuit using the transistor is shown in the figure below. Assume and . The most
dominant speed limitation is brought by
(a) Rise time (b) fall time (c) Storage time (d) Delay time
Q.23 For the circuit shown in the below figure, the output F will be
(a) 1 (b) zero (c) X (d) ̅

Q.24 In the CMOS inverter, the power dissipation is
(a) Low only when is low (c) High during dynamic operation
(b) Low only when is high (d) Low during dynamic operation
Q.25 An NMOS circuit is shown in the below figure. The logic function for the output ( ) is
(a) (̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅) ̅̅ (b) ( ̅) ( ̅ ̅) (c) ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
( ) (d) ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
Q.26 Match List I (types of gates) with List II (Values of propagation delay) and select the correct answer:
List I List II
A. ECL 1. 5ns
B. TTL 2. 20 ns
C. CMOS 3. 100ns
D. NMOS 4. 1 ns
Codes:
A B C D
a) 1 4 3 2
b) 4 1 3 2
c) 1 4 2 3
d) 4 1 2 3
Direction:
The following four items consist of two statements, one labelled as „Assertion A‟ and the other labelled as „Reason
R‟. You are to examine these two statements carefully and decide if the Assertion A and the Reason R are
individually true and if so, whether the reason is a correct explanation of the Assertion. Select your answers to
these items using the codes given below:
Codes:
(b) Both A and R are true but R is the correct explanation of A
Q.27 Assertion (A): In avalanche breakdown, the reverse current sharply increases with voltage due to a field emission.
Reason (R): The field emission requires lightly doped „p‟ and „n‟ regions.
Q.28 Assertion (A): In small signal class „A‟ amplifier, the output is a magnified replica of the input without any change
in frequency.
Reason (R): The dc operating point is fixed in class „A‟ position.
Q.29 Assertion (A): D-latch and edge triggered D-flip flop (FF) are functionally different.
Reason (R): In D-fletch the output (O) cannot change while enable (EN) is high. In D-FF the output can change
only on the active edge of CLK.
Q.30 Assertion (A): D-flip flops are used to construct a buffer register.
Reason (R): buffer registers are used to store a binary work temporarily.
Q.31 The bonding forces in compound semi conductors, such GaAs, arise from
(a) ionic bonding (b) metallic bonding
(c) covalent bonding (d) combination of ionic and covalent bonding
Q.32 Consider the following statements in connection with the biasing of semi conductor diodes.
1. LEDs are used under forward bias condition
2. Photodiodes are used under forward bias condition
3. Zener diodes are used under reverse bias condition.
4. Variable capacitance diodes are used under reverse bias condition
Q.33 The junction capacitance of a linearly graded junction varies with the applied reverse bias as
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.34 The diffusion capacitance of a forward biased junction diode with a steady current I depends on
(a) Width of the depletion region (b) mean lifetime of the holes
(c) Mean lifetime of the electrons (d) Junction area
Q.35 The modified work function of an n-channel MOSFET is If the interface charge is and
the oxide capacitance is , the flat band voltage is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.36 In the circuit shown below, the average value of ( ) will be
(a) 0 (b) (c) √ (d)

Q.37 Match List I (Amplifier’s mode of operation) with List II (Properties /Characteristics) and select eh correct
answer using the codes given below the lists:
List I List II
A. Class A 1. Clips off half a cycle
B. Class B 2. Leads to most stable biasing circuit
C. Class C 3. Transistor acts as switch
D. Class D 4. Amplification of the resonant frequency only
Codes:
A B C D
a) 1 2 3 4
b) 2 1 4 3
c) 1 2 4 3
d) 2 1 3 4
Q.38 Early effect in BJT refers to
(a) Avalanche breakdown (c) Base narrowing
(b) thermal runaway (d) Zener breakdown
Q.39 In the circuit shown below, the average value of ( ) will be
(a) 0 (b) (c) √ (d)

Q.40 The Darlington pair is mainly used for
(a) Impedance matching (c) Power amplification
(b) Wideband voltage amplification (d) Reduction distortion
Q.41 In the op amp circuit shown below, and . The output will be proportional to
(a) √ (b) (c) (d) ( )

Q.42 In the inverting op – amp circuit shown below, the resistance is chosen as in order to
(a) Increase gain (b) Reduce offset voltage (c) Reduce offset current (d) Increase CMRR
Q.43 An amplifier of gain A is bridged by a capacitance C as shown below.
The effective input capacitance is

(a) C/A (b) C( 1 – A) (c) ( ) (d) CA
Q.44 The resolution of a 12 bit Analog to Digital converter in percent is
(a) 0.01220 (b) 0.02441 (c) 0.04882 (d) 0.09760
Q.45 The Boolean expression for the output Y in the logic circuit is
(a) A ̅ C (b) (c) ̅ (d) ̅ ̅ ̅

Q.46 To add two m-bit numbers, the required number of half adders is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.47 Consider the following
Any combinational circuit can be built using
1. NAND gaes
2. NOR gates
3. EX – OR gates
4. Multiplexers
Q.48 The decimal equivalent of hexadecimal number of 2A0F is
(a) 17670 (b) 17607 (c) 17067 (d) 10767
Q.49 The binary equivalent of hexadecimal number 4F2D is
(a) 0101 1111 0010 1100 (c) 0100 1110 0010 1101
(b) 0100 1111 0010 1100 (d) 0100 1111 0010 1101
Q.50 A 3 –to – B decoder is shown below:
Al the output lines of the chip will be high, when all the inputs 1, 2 and 3
(a) Are high, and are low (c) Are high, and are high
(b) Are high, and is low, is high (d) are high, and is high, is low
Q.51 Which logical operation is performed by ALU of 8085 to complement a number?
(a) AND (b) NOT (c) OR (d) EXCLUSIVE OR
Direction:
Codes:
Q.52 Assertion (A): A tunnel diode can be used as an oscillator.
Reason (R): Voltage controlled negative resistance is exhibited by a tunnel diode.
Q.53 Assertion (A): The intrinsic carrier concentration of Si at room temperature is more than that of GaAs.
Reason (R): Si is an indirect bandgap semiconductor while GaAs is a direct bandgap semiconductor.
Q.54 In a p-n junction, to make the depletion region extent predominantly into p-region, the concentration of impurities
in the p-region must be
a) Much less than the concentration f impurities in n-region
b) Much higher than the concentration of impurities in n-region
c) Equal to the concentration of impurities in n-region
d) Zero
Q.55 Consider a silicon transistor connected as a common emitter amplifier as shown below. The quiescent collector
voltage of the circuit is approximately
(a) 6.67 (b) 10 V (c) 14 (d) 20 V

Q.56 In the transistor circuit as shown below, the collector to ground voltage is . The possible condition is
(a) Collector emitter terminals shorted (c) 10 kilo-ohms resistor open

(b) Emitter to ground connection open (d) collector base terminals shorted
Q.57 Ina an RC coupled common emitter amplifier
a) Coupling capacitance affects the h.f. response and bypass capacitance affects the L.f. response
b) Both coupling and bypass capacitances affect the h.f. response
c) Both coupling and bypass capacitances affect the L.f. response only
d) Coupling capacitanc3e affects the L.f. response and the bypass capacitance affects the h.f. response
Q.58 Consider the following with reference to a CE transistor amplifier.;
1. The use of negative feedback
2. The conversion of d.c. power to a.c.
3. High voltage and current gains
4. The use of a step up transformer
The power gain is due to
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 2 and (c) 1 and 3 (d) 1 and 4
Q.59 The open loop voltage gain of an amplifier is 240. The noise level in the output without feedback is 100mV. If a
negative feedback with is used, the noise level in the output will be
(a) 1.66 mV (b) 2.4 mV (c) 4.0 mV (d) 20 mV
Q.60 In the circuit as shown below, the ratio of to ( ) would approximately (neglecting constant due to )
be
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.61 An op amp has a differential gain of and a CMRR of 100. The output voltage of the op-amp with inputs of 120
V and 80 will be
(a) 26 mV (b) 41 mV (c) 100 mV (d) 200 mV
Q.62 An FET oscillator uses the given phase shift network as shown below. The minimum gain required for oscillation is
(a) -29 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 29

Q.63 Consider the following statements with reference to an ideal voltage follower circuit as shown below:
1. Unity gain and no phase shift

2. Infinite gain and phase shift
3. Very high input impedance and very low output impedance
4. It is a buffer amplifier
(a) 1 and 3 (b) 2 and 4 (c) 1, 3 and 4 (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
Q.64 In the op amp circuit as shown below, the current is
(a) (b) (c) (d) ( )

Q.65 Match List I (circuits) with List II (Characteristics/Applications) and select the correct answer:
List I List II
A. High pass RC circuit 1. Comparator
B. Low pass RC circuit 2. DC Restorer
C. Clamping circuit 3. Integrator
D. Clipping circuit 4. Differentiator
5.Compensated Attenuator
Codes:
A B C D
a) 5 4 2 1
b) 4 3 1 2
c) 5 4 1 2
d) 4 3 2 1
̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
Q.66 The simplified form of a logic function (̅̅̅̅̅̅ ) (̅̅̅̅̅
̅ ) is
(a) (b) (c) ̅ ̅ (d) ̅ ̅
Q.67 The reduced form of the Boolean expression [ (̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅ )] is

(a) ̅ (b) ̅ (c) (d) ̅
Q.68 An n-bit A/D converter is required to convert analog input in the range to an accuracy of 10 mV. The value
of n should be
(a) 16 (b) 10 (c) 9 (d) 8
Q.69 Consider the following statement in respect of ECL gate:
1. Its switching speed is high
2. It provides OR and NOR logic operations
3. Its power dissipation is small as compared to other logic gates
4. Its logic levels are compatible with other logic family gates
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 1, 2 and 3 (c) 1, 2 and 4 (d) 3 and 4
Q.70 The below shown NMOS circuit is a gate of the type
(a) NAND (b) NOR (c) AND (d) EXCLUSIVE – OR

Q.71 D flip-flop can be made from a J-K flip flop by making
(a) J = K (b) J = K = 1 (c) J = 0, K = 1 (d) J = ̅
Q.72 In the circuit as shown in figure below, assuming initially . Then the states of and immediately
after the 33 rd pulse are
(a) 1 1 (b) 1 0 (c) 0 1 (d) 0 0

Q.73 Which one of the following statement is not correct? Conversion of EXCESS – 3 code to BCD can be achieved by
using
(a) Discrete gates (b) 4.16 de-multiplexer (c) A 4-bit full adder (d) A 4-bit half adder
Q.74 The three stage Johnson Ring Counter as shown below is clocked at a constant frequency of from the starting
state of . The frequency of outputs will be
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.75 A 4-bit modulo-16 ripple counter uses J – K flip-flop. If the propagation delay of each flip – flop is 50
nanoseconds, the maximum clock frequency that can be used is equal to
(a) 20 MHz (b) 10 MHz (c) 6 MHz (d) 5 MHz
Q.76 The binary representation 100110 is numerically equivalent to the
1. Decimal representation 46 3. Hexadecimal representation 26
2. Octal representation 46 4. Excess -3 representation 13
Direction:
Codes:
Q.77 Assertion (A): Transistor h-parameter equivalent circuit can be used for the analysis irrespective of the
configuration (CE, CB or CC) of the transistor used.
Reason (R): The values of h-parameter remain unchanged with transistor configuration.
Q.78 Assertion (A): In an asynchronous counter output of each FF serves as CLK input signal for the previous FF.
Reason (R): All the FFs do not change states in exact synchronism with the clock pulses.
Q.79 Two identical RC coupled amplifier, each having an upper cut off frequency , are cascaded with negligible
loading. What is the upper cut off frequency of the overall amplifier?
(a) (b) √√ (c) (d)

√√
Q.80 Two identical coupled amplifiers, each having a lower cut off frequency , are cascaded with negligible loading.
What is the lower cut off frequency of the overall amplifier?
(a) (b) √√ (c) (d)

√√
Q.81 A synchronous sequential circuit is designed to detect a bit sequence 0101 (overlapping sequence included). Every
time this sequence is detected, the circuit produces an output of „1‟. What is the minimum number o states the
circuit must have?
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 7
Q.82 Match List I (Circuit Symbols) with List II (Nomenclature) and select the correct answer using the codes given
below.
List I List II
1. NAND
2. NOR
3. Buffer
4. Schmitt trigger
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 3 1 2
b) 3 4 2 1
c) 4 3 2 1
d) 3 4 1 2
Q.83 If x and y are Boolean variables, which one of the following is the equivalent of ?
(a) ̅ (b) (c) 0 (d) 1
Q.84 Consider the following bistable multivibrator circuit?
Which one of the following statements is correct?
In the above circuit, condensers and are used
(a) For passing the noise (c) To speed up the switching action
(b) To compensate the collector – emitter capacitance (d) to provide negative feedback path
1. TTL has high switching speed and good fan out capability
2. ECL has the least propagation delay
3. uses multi collector transistors
4. has more silicon area.
(a) 1, 2 and 3 (b) 2 and 4 (c) 1, 3 and 4 (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
An ideal regulated power supply should have
(a) 100% regulation (b) 50% regulation (c) 0% regulation (d) 75% regulation
Q.87 Match List I (Operation) with List II (Associated Device) and select the correct answer using the codes given
below:
List I List II
A. Counting 1. ROM
B. Decoding 2. Multiplexer
C. Data selection 3. Demultiplexer
D. Code conversion 4. Register
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 4 2 1
b) 3 4 1 2
c) 4 3 1 2
d) 4 3 2 1
Q.88 Which one of the following statements is correct
A photodiode works on the principle of
(a) Photo voltaic effect (c) Photo electric effect
(b) Photo – conductive effect (d) Photo thermal effect
Q.89 Match List I (Circuit) with List II (Application) and select the correct answer using the codes given below:
List I List II
a. Monostable multivibrator 1. Comparator
b. Bistable multivibraor transistor 2. D.c level
c. Clamping circuit 3. Delay
d. Schmitt trigger 4. Voltage controlled oscillator
5.Counter
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 3 1 2
b) 3 5 2 1
c) 4 5 2 1
d) 5 4 1 2
Q.90 What are the values respectively, of and in the expression ( ) ( ) ( ) ?
(a) 8, 16 (b) 16, 8 (c) 6, 16 (d) 12, 8
Q.91 Match List I (Sections of a Service Voltage Regulator) with List II (elements used in these Sections) and select the
correct answer using the codes given below
List I List II
A. Reference source 1. OP – Amp
B. Error detector 2. BJT
C. Control device 3. Zener diode
D. Current limit 4. Short circuit protection
Codes
A B C D
a) 3 1 2 4
b) 3 2 1 4
c) 4 2` 1 3
d) 4 1 2 3
Q.92 Which one of the following statement is correct?
The efficiency of class B push pull amplifiers is much higher than that of class A amplifiers primarily because
(a) The distortion is kept within acceptable limits
(b) One half of the input signal is amplified using one transistor and the other half is phase inverted and fed to the
other transistor
(c) Matched pair transistors are used in the class B push pull operation
(d) The quiescent d.c. current is avoided.
Q.93 Which one of the following is the correct expression for the current ?
(a) ( )
(b) (c) (d) ( )
Q.94 It is required to construct a multiplexer by using 2 – to – 1 multiplexers only. How many of 2 – to – 1

multiplexers are needed?
(a) n (b) (c) (d)
Q.95 A inverter gate has guaranteed output levels as: logic „1‟ = 3.8 V and logic „0‟ = 0.7 V. The maximum low level
input voltage at which the output remains high = 2V. The minimum high level input voltage at which the output
remains low = 3.1 V. What are the noise margins of this gate?
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Which one of the following gives the function implemented by the MUX – based digital circuit?
(a) ̅ ̅ ( ̅ ̅) (c) ̅̅̅̅
(b) ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅̅̅̅ (d) ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅̅̅̅
Q.97 Which of the following statements is correct?

For a 4-input NOR gate, when only two inputs are to be used, the best option for the unused inputs is to
(a) Connect them to the ground (c) Keep them open
(b) Connect them to (d) connect them to the used inputs
Q.98 A range decoder is a digital circuit which outputs a „1‟ whenever an m-bit number X falls within the range,
. Which one of the following functions describes the range decoder?
a) ( )( )
b) ( ) (̅ ̅ ̅ )
c) ( ) (̅ ̅ )
d) ( ) (̅ ̅ ̅ )
What is the output voltage in the above.

(a) 9.5 V (b) 3 V (c) 32.2 V (d) 1 V
Q.100 If the coupling capacitors of a CE transistor amplifier is shorted, which one of the following graphs will represent
the frequency response curve of the amplifier? ( votlae gain, frequency in Hertz. maximum
value of ).
Q.101 A silicon transistor with

and
Is used in the circuit shown below:
What is the minimum value of for which transistor is in saturation?

(a) (b) 4667 (c) 5000 (d) 1000
Q.102 For a JK flip flop, is output at time step . Which of the following Boolean expressions represents
(a) ̅ ̅ (b) ̅ (c) ̅ ̅ (d) ̅ ̅
Q.103 Consider the following multiplication:

( ) ( ) ( )
Which one of the following gives appropriate values of w, y and z?
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.104 For the circuit shown in figure given below, assume . The transistor is in
(a) Active region and (c) Active region and

(b) Saturation region (d) Cut off region
Q.105 Two p-n junction diodes are connected back to back to make a transistor. Which one of the following is correct?
a) The current gain of such a transistor will be high
b) The current gain of such a transistor will be moderate
c) It cannot be used as a transistor due to large base width
d) It can be used only for pnp transistor
Q.106 Which of the following notations have two representations of zero?
1. 1‟s complement with radix of number being 2
Select the correct answer using the codes given below
(a) 1, 2 and 4 (b) 1 and 3 (c) 2, 3 and 4 (d) 1, 2 and 3
Q.107 In a p-type silicon sample, the hole concentration is . If the intrinsic carrier concentration is
, what is the electron concentration in the p-type silicon sample.
Q.108 What is the reverse recovery time of diode when switched from forward bias to reverse bias ?
a) Time taken to remove the stored minority carriers
b) Time taken by the diode voltage to attain zero value
c) Time to remove stored minority carriers plus the time to bring the diode voltage to reverse bias
d) Time taken by the diode current to reverse
In a transistor,
(a) is greater than , and does not depend upon temperature
(b) is greater than , and doubles for every ten degrees rise in temperature
(c) is equal to and double for every ten degrees rise in temperature
(d) is equal to and doubles for every ten degrees rise in temperature.
Q.110 Consider following statements:
1. BJT is a current controlled device with high input impedance and high gain bandwidth
2. FET is a voltage controlled device with high input impedance and low gain bandwidth
3. UJT is a negative resistance device and can be used as an oscillator
4. BJT, FET and UJT can all be used for amplification.
Which of these statement are correct?
Q.111 The dynamic transfer characteristics of a transistor is represented by
Where and are constants. If input signal the output will contain
(a) (c) dc term,
(b) dc term, (d) dc term,
Q.112 Find the break region (voltage range) over which the dynamic resistance of a diode is multiplied by a factor of
1000. Let this region be contained between and , then is | | given by
(a) ( ) (b)
(c) ( ) (d) The value cannot be computed with the given data
Q.113 An emitter in a bipolar junction transistor is doped much more heavily than the base as it increases the
(a) Emitter efficiency (c) Forward current gain
(b) Base transport factor (d) All the three given above
Q.114 Match List I (Type of Device) with List II (Characteristics/Application) and select the correct answer using the
codes given below the lists:
List I List II
A. Zener diode 1. Display panel
B. Tunnel diode 2. Voltage reference
C. Shottky diode 3. Light detection
D. Photo diode 4. Negative resistance
5.High frequency switching
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 4 5 2
b) 2 5 1 3
c) 3 5 1 2
d) 2 4 5 3
Q.115 Match List I (Circuit Symbol) with List II (Device) and select the correct answer using the code given below the
lists:
List I List II
1. N-channel FET
2. Varactor
3. Tunnel diode
4. P channel OSFET
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 2 1 4
b) 1 4 3 2
c) 3 4 1 2
d) 1 2 3 4
Q.116 Match List I (Device) with List I (Application) and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists:
List I List II
A. P-n junction diode 1. Microwave generator
B. Tunnel diode 2. Low frequency rectifier
C. JFET 3. High frequency rectifier
D. Schottky barrier diode 4. Voltage variable resistor
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 3 4 1
b) 4 1 2 3
c) 2 1 4 3
d) 4 3 2 1
1. A Hartley oscillator circuit uses a tapped inductor for inductive feedback.
2. Oscillator circuit can be operated in class A condition for better wave shape.
3. Frequency stabilization is obtained by used of automatic biasing
Q.118 In the rectifier circuit shown above, what should be minimum peak-inverse- voltage (PIV) rating of the diode?
(a) 12 V (b) 12√ (c) (d) √

Q.119 Which one of the following statements is correct? In the case of load regulation
a) When the temperature changes, the output voltage remains constant
b) When the input voltage changes, the load current remains constant
c) When the load changes, the load current remains constant
d) When the load changes, the output voltage remains constant
Q.120 In a centre tap full wave rectifier, 100V is the peak voltage between the centre tap and one end of the secondary.
What is the maximum voltage across the reverse biased diode?
(a) 200V (b) 141V (c) 100V (d) 86V
Q.121 Match List I (Type of Logic) with List II (Characteristic/Application) and select the correct answer using the code
List I List II
A. Direct coupled logic 1. Good for monolithic I.C.
B. Diode transistor logic 2. Slow speed of operation
C. Emitter coupled logic 3. Very fast speed of operation
D. Resistor transistor logic 4. Current hogging
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 1 3 4
b) 4 3 1 2
c) 2 3 1 4
d) 4 1 3 2
Q.122 Which of the following statement is not correct?
(a) ̅ (b) ( ̅ ) (c) ̅ (d) ̅
Q.123 The Boolean expression ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ is logically equivalent to
(a) ̅ (b) ̅̅ ̅
(c) (d) ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅
Q.124 Which one of the following statements is correct? Removing the small resistance ( ) in the collector lead of
the pull up transistor of a totem pole output ate, will result in
(a) Reduced switching time from ( ) to ( )
(b) Incorrect operation of the gate
(c) Lower power dissipation
(d) More noise generation in the power supply distribution at high frequency
Q.125 In a ripple counter, the state whose output has a frequency equal to 1/8th that of the clock signal applied to the first
stage, also has an output periodicity equal to 1/8th that of the output signal obtained from the last stage. The counter
is
(a) Modulo – 8 (b) Modulo – 6 (c) Modulo – 64 (d) Modulo – 16
In amplifiers,
1. A complementary symmetry amplifier has 1 PNP and 1 NPN transistor
2. A boot strap incorporates emitter follower
3. The main function of transformer used in the output of a power amplifier is to increase its voltage gain
4. The harmonic distortion of the signal produced in a RC coupled transistor amplifier is due to transformer
itself.
Q.127 In a single stage RC coupled amplifier stage, what are the phase shifts introduced at lower and upper 3-dB
frequencies, respectively?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.128 For common emitter configuration which one of the following statements is correct?
a) Large voltage gain and low output resistance
b) Large voltage gain and low output
c) Small voltage gain and low input resistance
d) Small current gain and high output resistance
Q.129 The gain of a bipolar transistor drops at high frequencies. This is because fo the
(a) Coupling and bypass capacitors
(b) Early effect
(c) Inter electrode transistor capacitances
(d) Coupling and bypass capacitors, and inter – electrode transistor capacitances
Direction:
Codes:
Q.130 Assertion (A): Emitter coupled oscillator is capable of high frequency operation
Reason (R): It consists of saturating NPN BJTs
Q.131 Assertion (A): An FET operated crystal oscillator operates on the concept of feedback.
Reason (R): The feedback is provided by the drain-to-gate capacitance .
Q.132 Match List I (Device) with List II (Application) and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists:
List I List II
A. Diode 1. Amplifier
B. Transistor 2. Oscillator
C. Tunnel Diode 3. Rectifier
D. Zener Diode 4. Voltage regulator
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 1 2 3
b) 3 2 1 4
c) 4 2 1 3
d) 3 1 2 4
Q.133 Match List I (Type of Amplifier/ configuration) with List II (Characteristic Property) and select the correct
answer using the code given below the lists:
List I List II
A. Common emitter amplifier 1. Very low output resistance
B. Emitter follower 2. Current gain
C. Common base amplifier 3. Beta multiplication
D. Darlington pair 4. Very high power gain
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 1 2 3
b) 2 3 4 1
c) 4 3 2 1
d) 2 1 4 3
Q.134 Match List I (type of Diode) with List II (characteristic/Applications) and select the correct answer using the code
List I List II
A. Tunnel diode 1. Reverse current varies directly with the amount of light
B. Zener diode 2. Exhibits negative resistance region in its I-C characteristic
C. Photodiode 3. Uses only majority carriers and is intended for high frequency operations
D. Schottky diode 4. Silicon p-n junction diode that is designed for limiting the
voltage across the terminals in reverse bias
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 3 1 4
b) 1 4 2 3
c) 2 4 1 3
d) 1 3 2 4
Q.135 Match List I (parameter) with List II (Variation) and select the correct answer using the code given below the
lists:
List I List II
A. Electron mobility around room temperature 1. Increases with temperature
B. Energy gap 2. Decreases with temperature
C. Intrinsic carrier concentration 3. Remains constant as temperature is varied
D. Mole density (gm/mole)
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 1 1 1
b) 1 2 1 3
c) 2 2 1 3
d) 2 2 1 1
Q.136 Match List I (Metal – semiconductor band diagram under equilibrium) with List II (Type of contact) and select the
correct answer using the code given below the lists:
List I List II
1. Rectifier to n-type
2. Ohmic to n-type
3. Rectifier to p-type
4. Ohmic to p-type
Codes:
A B C D
(a) 1 4 2 3
(b) 1 4 3 2
(c) 4 1 3 2
(d) 4 1 2 3
Data that are stored at a given address in a random access memory are lost
1. When power goes off
2. When the data are read from the address
3. When new data are written at the address
4. Because it is non-volatile memory
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 1, 2 and 4 (c) 2 and 3 (d) 1 and 3
Q.138 The circuit shown below is the Thevenin‟s equivalent circuit of a centre tapped full wave rectifier with diode
forward resistance , transformer secondary coil resistance , peak input voltage .
What are the values of V and respectively?
(a) 10 V, 100Ω (b) 6.36 V, 130 Ω (c) 6.36 V, 115 Ω (d) 4.54 V, 130 Ω
Q.139 Which one of the following equations represents the energy gap ( ) variation of silicon with temperature (T)?
(a) ( ) (b) ( )
(c) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.140 Consider the circuit given below where is the diode forward resistance and the load resistance.
What is the average rectified current equal to?
(a) ( ) (b) { ( )} (c) (d) {√ ( )}

Q.141 In a Hall effect experiment, a p-type semiconductor sample with hole concentration is used. The measured value
of the Hall voltage is . If the p-type sample is now replaced by another p-type sample with hole concentration
where , what is the new Hall voltage
(a) (b) (c) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.142 What is the thermal runaway in a bipolar junction transistor biased in the active region due to?
a) Heating of the transistor emitter region
b) Changes in „ ‟ which increases with temperature
c) Base emitter voltage which decrease with rise in temperature
d) Increase in reverse collector base saturation current due to rise in internal device temperature
Q.143 The reverse saturation current of a Si- based p-n junction diode increases 32 times due to a rise in ambient
temperature. If the original temperature was , what is the final temperature?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.144 What is the main difference between MOSFETs BJTs in terms of their I-V characteristics?
a) Current is quadratic with for MOSFETs and linear with for BJTs
b) Current is linear with for MOSFETs and exponential with for BJTs
c) Current is exponential with in both these devices, but rise is faster in MOSFETs
d) Current is quadratic with for MOSFETs and exponential with for BJTs
Q.145 In the circuit given below, if the output is taken from point E instead of node C, what will be the result?
(a) An increase in the output impedance (c) An increase in the input impedance
(b) A reduction in the output resistance (d) A reduction in the input impedance
Q.146 If an input periodic signal with non-zero d.c. component is impressed upon a high pass RC circuit, what will be the
d.c. component in the output waveform?
(a) Zero (c) It depends on the value of the capacitor
(b) It depends on the value of the capacitor (d) Same as that in input
Q.147 What is represented by the digital circuit given below?
(a) An SR flip-flop with A = S and B = R (c) A JK flip-flop with A = J and B = K

(b) A JK flip flop with A = K and B = J (d) An SR flip flop with A = R and B = S
Q.148 Which one of the following is not a characteristic of CMOS configuration?
a) CMOS devices dissipate much lower static power than bipolar devices.
b) CMOS devices have low input impedances
c) CMOS devices have higher noise margins
d) CMOS devices have much lower trans conductance than bipolar devices.
Q.149 For an n-type semiconductor having any doping level, which of the following hold(s) good:
1. 2. 3. 4. \
(a) 1 and 4 (b) 2 and 4 (c) 3 and 4 (d) Only 4
Q.150 Match the I – V characteristics given below with Gunn diode, Photo diode and Tunnel diode.
Funn diode Photo diode Tunnel diode
(a) A B C
(b) B A C
(c) A C B
(d) B C A
In frequency response of n-stage amplifiers,
1. Upper cut off frequency is √( ) times that of a single stage

2. Lower cut off frequency is √( ) times that of a single stage
3. Lower cut off frequency is √( ) times that of a single stage
4. Upper cut off frequency is √( ) times that of a single stage
An applied bias voltage in a p-n junction diode (n region positive with respect to p region) results in
1. Increase in potential barrier
2. Reduction in space charge layer width
3. Increase in space charge layer width
4. Increase in magnitude of electric field
Q.153 Which one of the following statements is correct in respect of BJT?
(a) Avalanche multiplication starts when the reverse biased collector base voltage equals the avalanche
breakdown voltage
(b) The early effect starts as soon as punchy through occurs in a transistor
(c) The small signal current gain large signal current gain when
(d) In the CE mode, a transistor can be cut off by reducing to zero.
Q.154 In a biased step graded p-n junction, what is the correct expression for the equilibrium contact potential ( )
(a) ( ) (c) ( )
(b) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.155 In an unbiased p-n junction, the junction current at equilibrium is
a) Due to diffusion of majority carriers only
b) Due to diffusion of minority carries only
c) Zero, because equal and opposite drift and diffuse currents for electrons an dholes cross the junction
d) Zero, because no charges cross the junction
Q.156 What is the purpose of impedance matching between the output of previous stage and input of next stage in a
cascaded amplifier?
(a) To achieve high efficiency (c) To achieve reduced distortion
(b) To achieve maximum power transfer (d) To achieve reduced noise
Q.157 In a bridge a.c. to d.c. convertor using p-n diodes, if the input voltage is V sin , what is the peak inverse voltage
across any diode?
(a) V (b) 2 V (c) V/2 (d) V/√
Q.158 Why is an external pass resistor used in a voltage regulator?
(a) For short circuit protection (c) for increasing the output voltage
(b) For increasing the current that regulator can handle (d) For improving the regulation.
Direction:
Codes:
Q.159 Assertion (A): In JFET, the phenomenon of thermal runaway is not observed around room temperature.
Reason (R): The heat dissipation in the semiconductor increases its temperature which increases the carrier
mobility with temperature
Q.160 Assertion (A): In a good power supply, the percentage of voltage regulation should be close to zero
Reason (R): Zero percentage regulation means that there will be no change in output voltage if the load resistance
varies between the limits 0 to .
Q.161 What is the value of L S B of an 8 bit DAC for 0 – 12.8V range?
(a) 1.6 V (b) 50 mV (c) 0.625 V (d) 1.28 V
Q.162 A transistorised transformer coupled class A amplifier supplies 0.94 W to a 4 kΩ load. The zero signal dc collector
current with signal is 34 mA. What is the percent second harmonic distortion?
(a) -50% (b) 0% (c) -20% (d) Cannot be computed with the available information
Q.163 Which of the following characteristics are possessed by a transformer coupled class B push pull power amplifier?
1. It eliminates even harmonic distortion
2. It suffers from cross over distortion
3. Its device ratings are higher than those of class A power amplifier
4. Its collector circuit efficiency is more than that of class C power amplifier
Q.164 Which of the following are true for h-parameters of transistors?
1. They are real numbers at audio frequencies
2. They are easy to measure
3. They vary widely with temperature
Q.165 Match List I (Semiconductor Property) with List I (Corresponding Unit) and select the correct answer using the
code given below the lists:
List I List II
A. Carrier mobility 1. eV(electron volt)
B. Diffusion length 2.
C. Diffusion coefficient 3. M
D. Energy gap 4.
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 2 3 1
b) 2 3 4 1
c) 2 3 1 4
d) 4 2 1 3
Q.166 If and denote the forward and inverted mode current gains of a BJT, which one of the following is correct?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.167 In a source follower, consider the following statements:
1. The voltage gain of a source follower is always less than one.
2. It has some current gain and power gain
3. Its output resistance can be made low
Q.168 A Zener diode regulator shown in the figure given below is to be designed to meet the following specifications:
varies from 30 V to 50 V. The zener diode has and (knee current)=1 mA.
For satisfactory operation, which one of the following is correct?
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.169 For a half wave rectifier, what is the output dc voltage? (with peak, voltage and forward
resistance of diode )
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.170 Which of the following are coefficients for a regulated power supply (in the expression for change in output
voltage)?
1. Stability factor 2. Output resistance 3. Temperature coefficient 4. Input resistance
(a) 1 and 4 only (b) 1, 3 and 4 (c) 2 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3
Q.171 Intermediate (I) layer of PIN diode imparts with one of the following features to a pn junction diode?
(a) High reverse blocking capability (c) Inverting capability
(b) High forward current rating (d) Poor turn off performance
Q.172 Which one of the following is the correct statement?
In a two quadrant converter working in the 1st and 2nd quadrants
(a) Load current and load voltage are always positive
(b) Load current is always negative
(c) Load current can be positive or negative
(d) Load current and load voltage are always negative
Q.173 In a single phase full wave controlled bridge rectifier, minimum output voltage and maximum output voltage are
obtained at which conduction angles?
(a) (c) respectively
(b) respectively (d) respectively
Q.174 Assertion (A): MOSFETs perform any well in parallel operation.
Reason (R): MOSFET has smaller turn off time.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
Q.175 Fixed biasing of CE configuration is shown in the figure given below.
The current stabilization factor for is
For , what is the voltage stabilization factor ?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.176 Following transistor parameters were measured at .[ ] at 10 M rad/s.

What is the value for ( ), if the unity gain frequency
(a) 20 nF (b) 2 nF (c) 5 pF (d) 5 nF

Q.177 The function
F= ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ can be reduced to which one of the following?
(a) F = A (b) F = AB (c) F = ABC (d) F = B

Q.178 An amplifier without feedback has a gain of 1000. What is the gain with a negative feedback of 0.009?
(a) 900 (b) 125 (c) 100 (d) 10
Q.179 Negative feedback in an amplifier leads to which one of the following?
(a) Decrease in bandwidth (c) Increase in voltage gain
(b) Increase in current gain (d) Decrease in voltage gain
Q.180 Which of the following are the main advantages of class B push pull power amplifier (using BJTs)?
1. Even harmonics tend to cancel out at the output.
2. More power output per transistor.
3. Conversion efficiency can be as high as 78%
4. Absence of cross over distortion.
Q.181 For the operational amplifier circuit shown in the figure below, what is the maximum possible value of , if the
voltage gain required is between -10 and -25? (The upper limit on is 1 MΩ)
(a) Infinity (b) 1 Mega (c) 100 k ohm (d) 40 k ohm

Q182 In the circuit given below, and are ideal. Which one of the following represents the transfer characteristics of
the circuit?
Q.183 The frequency of the clock signal applied to the rising edge triggered D flip flop shown in the below figure is 10
kHz. What is the frequency of the signal available at Q?
(a) 2.5 kHz (b) 5 kHz (c) 10 kHz (d) 20 kHz

Q.184 What is the output of the gate circuit shown in the below figure?
(a) ( )( ) (b) (c) ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅ (c) ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
( )( )
Q.185 If the input to the digital circuit of the below figure consisting of a cascade of 20 XOR gates is X, then what is the
output Y?
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) (d) X

Q.186 What are the output bits S (Sum) and C (Carry) of a Half Adder having inputs A = 1 and B = 1?
S C
(a) 1 1
(b) 1 0
(c) 0 1
(d) 0 0
Q.187 The reduced state table of sequential machine has 7 rows. What is the minimum number of flip-flops needed to
implement the machine?
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 7
Q.188 The lower turn off time of MOSFET when compared to BJT can be attributed to which one of the following?
(a) Input impedance (b) Positive temperature coefficient
(c) Absence of minority carriers (d) On state resistance
Q.189 The shunt type regulator is suitable for which of the following?
(a) Low current, high voltage (c) High current, low voltage
(b) Low current, low voltage (d) High current, high voltage
Q.190 Match List I (Logic circuit/function) with List II (Circuit realization) and select the correct answer using the codes
List I
A. D flip – flop
B. T flip – flop
C. Exclusive OR
D. Half adder
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 2 4 1
b) 2 3 4 1
c) 1 3 4 2
d) 2 4 3 1
Q.191 In the circuit given in the below figure, Q = 0 initially. What shall be the subsequent states of Q when clock pulses
are given?
(a) 1, 0, 1, 0, . . (b) 0, 0, 0, 0, .. (c) 1, 1, 1, 1, . . . (d) 0, 1, 0, 1, . . .

Q.192 The following truth table has to be realized with the circuit shown in the figure:
What is the output of the combinational logic circuit to the J input?
(a) ̅̅̅̅ (b) ̅ (c) ̅ (d) AB
Q.193 A J-K flip – flop can be made from an S – R flip – flop by using two additional
(a) AND gates (b) OR gates (c) NOT gates (d) NOR gates
Q.194 Match List I (Semiconductor technology) with List II (Characteristic) and select the correct answer using the code
List I List II
A. TTL 1. Maximum power consumption
B. ECL 2. Highest packing density
C. NMOS 3. Least power consumption
D. CMOS 4. Saturated logic
Codes:
A B C D
a) 1 4 2 3
b) 4 1 2 3
c) 1 4 3 2
d) 4 1 3 2
Q.195 The maximum junction temperature of a transistor is and the ambient temperature is . If the total
thermal impedance is , what is the maximum power dissipation?
(a) 1/175 W (b) 175 W (c) 125 W (d) 1/125 W
Q.196 For the circuit shown in figure A the V – I (voltage current) characteristic of the circuit using ideal components is
given by curve a in figure B.
Which curve in figure B represents the V – I characteristic for the circuit shown in figure C?
(a) Curve a (b) Curve b (c) Curve c (d) Curve d
Q.197 What is the peak current through the resistor in the circuit given below assuming the diode to be ideal?
(a) 4 mA (b) 8 mA (c) 12 mA (*d) 16 mA

Q.198 For a rectifier circuit, percentage voltage regulation is equal to which one of the following?
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.199 Assertion (A): In television transmission, interlaced scanning is used.

Reason (R): Interlaced scanning provides increased picture brightness.
Q.200 Consider the following statements in Johnson counter:
1. A MOD – 6 Johnson counter requires 3 FFs.
2. Johnson counter requires decoding gates
3. To decode each count one logic gate is used. Each gate requires only two inputs regardless of the number of
FFs.
Q.201 What is the simplified form of the Boolean expression
( )( ̅ )( ̅ )?
(a) ̅̅ (b) ̅ (c) (d) ̅
Q.202 Match List I (Expression – I) with List II (Expression – II) and select the correct answer using the code given
below the lists:
List I List II
A. ̅ ̅ 1. ̅
B. ̅ ̅ ̅ ̅ 2. ( )
C. ̅ ̅ 3. ̅ ̅
D. ̅̅̅̅ ̅ 4.
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 1 4 3
b) 4 3 2 1
c) 2 3 4 1
d) 4 1 2 3
Q.203 The AND function can be realized by using only n number of NOR gates. What is n equal to?
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
Q.204 The Boolean expression ̅ ̅ is logically equivalent to which of the following?
1. ( ̅) ( ̅ )
2. ( ̅ ̅) ( )
3. ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
( ̅ ̅ )
4. ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
( ̅ ̅ ) ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
( ̅ ̅)
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 2 and 3 (c) 1 and 3 (d) None of these
Q.205 In the given circuit, the output Y equals which one of the following?
(a) A + B (b) ̅ ̅ (c) (d) ̅ ̅
Q.206 In the circuit given below the Zener diode has a reverse breakdown voltage of 100 V and reverse saturation
current of . The corresponding values for are 50 V and . What is the current in the circuit?
(a) anticlockwise (c) anticlockwise

(b) clockwise (d) clockwise
Q.207 What is the output voltage of the given circuit?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.208 Consider the following statements in respect of the Wien bridge oscillator shown in the figure below:
1. For R = 1 kiloohm
( )
2. For R = 3 kiloohms
( )

(a) 1 only (b) 2 only (c) Both 1 and 2 (d) neither 1 nor 2
1. Wein bridge oscillator is suitable for generating 1 kHz .
2. Colpitts oscillator is suitable for generating 1 MHz.
(a) 1 only (b) 2 only (c) Both 1 and 2 (d) Neither 1 nor 2
Q.210 A sinusoidal signal of 100 Hz is applied to an amplifier. The output current is
( ) ( ) ( )
What is the approximate percentage increase in power due to distortion?
(a) 1.15 (b) 1.25 (c) 1.30 (d) 1.50
Q.211 A resistance is connected across the collector an: base of a BJT amplifier of gain – ( ). The input
impedance of the amplifier will consist of transistor internal resistance shunted by which one of the following?
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.212 A negative feedback amplifier with open loop gain
and feedback factor ( ) will have a 3 dB cut off at what frequency?
(a) (b) ( ) (c) (d) ( )
Q.213 What is the transistor combination shown in the figure given below?
(a) A Darlington pair (c) It effectively acts as a single p-n-p transistor

(b) A complementary pair (d) It effectively acts as a single n-p-n transistor
Q.214 What is the effect of cascading the amplifier stages?
a) To increase the voltage gain and increase the bandwidth
b) To increase the voltage gain reduce the bandwidth
c) To decrease the voltage gain and increase the bandwidth
d) Ito decrease the voltage gain and reduce the bandwidth
Q.215 Assertion (A): It is not possible to design a current source using operational amplifier.
Reason (R): Operational amplifier is a voltage – controlled voltage source.
Q.216 A transistor has a maximum power dissipation limit of 300 mW for ambient temperature up to . If the
maximum allowable junction temperature is , then what is the limit of the device in an ambient temperature
of ?
(a) 120 mW (b) 240 mW (c) 300 mW (d) 360 mW
Q.217 The cut in voltage of zener diode and diode D shown in the figure below is 0.7 V. Breakdown voltage of is
3.3 V and reverse breakdown voltage of D is 50 V. The other parameters can be assumed to be the same as those of
an ideal diode. Then what are the values of the peak output voltage ?
Positive half cycle in V Negative Half cycle in V

(a) 3.3 1.4
(b) 4 5
(c) 3.3 3.3
(d) 4 4
Q.218 The digital circuit as shown below represents to which one of the following?
(a) JK flip – flop (c) T flip – flop

(b) Clocked RS flip – flop (d) Ring counter
Q.219 Which one of the following is the correct output (f) of the below circuit?
(a) ( )( ̅) (c) ( ̅ )( ̅)
(b) ( ̅ ̅ )( ̅) (d) ( )( ̅ ̅)
Q.220 Consider the following statements about a Tunnel diode?

1. Tunnelling takes place at a speed decided by junction temperature.
2. Concentration of impurities is of the order of 1 part in
3. Both tunnelling current and normal pn junction injection current exist.
4. Tunnel diode exhibits current controlled negative resistance. Characteristic only.
(a) 1 only (b) 1 and 2 (c) 2 and 3 (d) 3 and 4
Q.221 If and are the inputs to the circuit as shown in the below figure, the what is the output Q?
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.222 The forward resistance of the diode shown in the below circuit is 5 ohms, and the other parameters are same as
those of an ideal diode. Then what is the d.c. component of the source current?
(a) (b) (c) (d)

√ √
Q.223 Two MOSFETS and are connected in parallel to carry a total current of 20A. The drain to source voltage of
is 2.5V and that of is 3V. What are the drain currents of and when the current sharing series
resistances are each of 0.5Ω?
(a) 10.5 A and 9.5 A (b) 9.5 A and 9.5 A (c) 10.5 A and 10.5 A (d) 9.5 A and 9.5 A
Q.224 For the below circuit what will be the output for the sinusoidal input shown at the input terminal?
Q.225 of a BJT varies from 15 to 65, and . If ( ) and

( ) then what is the value of that will result in saturation with an overdrive factor of 10?
(a) 7.9 Ω (b) 0.79 Ω (c) 79 Ω (d) 7.9 Ω

Q.226 The 6V zener diode as shown in the circuit below, has zero zener resistance and a knee current of 5 mA. Then what
is the minimum value of R so that the voltage across it does not fall below 6V?
(a) 1200 ohms (b) 80 ohms (c) 50 ohms (d) 40 ohms
1. Only even harmonics are present in the output.
2. Provides more about per device for a given amount of distortion.
3. Core saturation of transformer is avoided.
4. Power supply hum is absent in the output.
Which of the above statements is/are correct for a push pull amplifier?
(a) 1 only (b) 1 and 2 only (c) 1, 2 and 3 (d) 2, 3 and 4
Q.228 In a certain self biased Si npn transistor the d.c. base voltage? (Assume the transistor is in linear active mode)
(a) 0.7 V (b) 2.5 V (c) 3.2 V (d) 3.9 V
Q.229 An amplifier without feedback, when fed with a 1V, 50 Hz input signal gives an output of 30 V, 50 Hz with a 5%
2nd order distortion. When 10% of the output is feedback what is the 2 nd order distortion?
(a) 0.375 (b) 1.3 V (c) 0.75 V (d) 3 V
Q.230 When a transistor is used in switching mode then what is the turn on time?
(a) Sum of delay time and rise time (c) Sum of delay time and storage time
(b) Sum of rise time and storage time (d) Sum of rise time and fall time
Q.231 What is the main source of distortion in a push pull amplifier?
(a) Fundamental component (c) Third harmonic
(b) Second harmonic (d) All even harmonic
Q.232 The Si transistor as shown in the circuit below has and negligible leakage current. If
, , what is the value of the quiescent collector ?
(A) 1.1 mA (b) 2 mA (c) 5 mA (d) 3.6 mA

Q.233 In the below circuit as shown , , then what are the values of and corresponding to the
operating point?
(a) 4.6 V and 1.98 mA (c) 5.4 V and 1.56 mA

(b) 4.7 V and 2.00 mA (d) 4.2 V and 2.1 mA
Q.234 If the amplification of a single stage is not sufficient or the input or output impedance is not of the correct
magnitude for the correct magnitude for the intended application how may two stages be connected to achieve
desired result?
(a) Cascode connection (c) Cascade connection
(b) Complementary symmetry connection (d) Totem pole connection
Direction:
Codes:
Q.235 Assertion (A): In small signal R-C coupled amplifiers the gain falls in the high frequency range.
Reason (R): The decline in gain with frequency is due to the reactance of the coupling capacitor.
Q.236 Assertion (A): In a typical RC coupled amplifier, the gain falls at high frequencies.
Reason (R): The amplifier has to use coupling capacitors in the input and outside for isolating dc biasing circuit
and ac signal.
Q.237 Assertion (A): The DAC (Digital Analog Converter) cannot be interfaced to microprocessor in an interrupt driven
mode.
Reason (R): DAC neither needs a start convert pulse nor it has indication of conversion.
Q.238 Assertion (A): Monostable multivibrators (IC 74121) are used in a microprocessor based system for frequency
measurement.
Reason (R): Microprocessor counts the number of interrupt signals/second or within a specified interval through
SR
Q.239 Assertion (A): The semiconductor material used in making an optical source should be a direct bandgap material
Reason (R): Carrier recombination time is shorter in a direct bandgap semiconductor.
Q.240 Which one of the following is not a characteristic of RTL logic families?
(a) High switching speed (b) Poor noise immunity
(c) Low power dissipation (d) Fan out is 5.
Q.241 The digital circuit using two inverters as shown in the figure below acts as
(a) A bistable multivibrator (c) A monostable multivibrator

(b) A astable multivibrator (d) An oscillator
Q.242 For the given sinusoidal to the circuit as shown in the figure below, the voltage waveform at point P of the clamper
circuit is
Q.243 For low pass RC circuit the input waveform is as shown in the figure below. What will be the output waveform if
the time constant of the circuit is equal to the time period of the input signal ( )?
Q.244 Sixty four number of 256 1 bit RAM IC is arranged in 8 rows and 8 columns to get memory
(a) 1 kB (b) 2 kB (c) 4 kB (d) 8 kB
Q.245 For a sinusoidal input of peak value , the output waveform will be

When Darlington circuit and normal single stage emitter followers are compared.
1. Both have near unity voltage gain.
2. Both have equal current gain.
3. Darlington circuit has higher output resistance.
4. Emitter follower has tower input resistance.
(a) 1 only (b) 1 and 4 only (c) 2 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
Q.247 The smallest valid signed and integer that can be stored in a memory location of a 4k bit RAM is
(a) 0 (b) -128 (c) -2048 (d) -65536
Q.248 For a function F, the Karnaugh map is shown in the figure below. Then minimal representation of F is
(a) ̅ (b) ̅ (c) (d) ̅
Q.249 The input resistance and output resistance of an ideal current amplifier, in ohms, are
(a) 0 and 0 (b) 0 and (c) and 0 (d) and
Q.250 In the difference amplifier as shown below, the differential output
( ) for is
(a) (b) 5 V (c) 10 V (d) 15 V
Q.251 The JFET in the below, circuit has an , . The value of the resistance for a drain current of
is
(a) (b) 560Ω (c) 470Ω (d) 156Ω

Q.252 The efficiency of a class B amplifier is 72% when the supply voltage is 24 V. The peak to peak output voltage is
(a) 20 V (b) 22 V (c) 25 V (d) 16 V
Q.253 A JEET is set up as a follower, with and source load resistor . The output resistance
is
(a) 1000 Ω (b) 500Ω (c) 333Ω (d) 666Ω
Q.254 Thermal runaway is not encountered in FETs because
(a) has a zero temperature coefficient
(b) has a negative temperature coefficient
(c) has a positive temperature coefficient
(d) The mobility of the carriers increases with increases in temperature
Q.255 The FET shown in the figure below is a
(a) Common drain (b) common gate (c) Common source (d) Common source follower
Direction:
Codes:
Q.256 Assertion (A): In normal operation, the non-inverting and inverting input terminals of an operational amplifier are
at almost same potential.
Reason (R): The two terminals are connected together.
Q.257 Assertion (A): D flip – flop are used to construct a buffer register.
Reason (R): Buffer registers are used to store binary word temporarily.
Q.258 The circuit shown in the figure below generates the function of
(a) (b) (c) ̅ ̅ (d) ̅

Q.259 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List I List II
1. AB
2. ̅̅̅̅
3.
4. ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 1 4 2
b) 2 1 4 3
c) 3 4 1 3
d) 2 4 1 2
Q.260 circuit shown in the figure below is a
(a) Shift register (b) Binary counter (c) Ripple counter (d) Sequence detector
Q.261 A shift register with the serial output connected back to the serial input is a
(a) Feedback shift register (c) Universal shift register
(b) Shift register counter (d) Serial to parallel converter
Q.262 Which of the following counter results in least delay?
(a) Ring counter (b) ripple counter
(c) synchronous counter (d) Asynchronous counter
Q.263 In how many different modes a universal shift register operates?
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
Q.264 Dark current in a semiconductor photo diode is
(a) The forward bias current (c) The reverse saturation current
(b) The forward saturation current (d) The transient current
Q.265 Compared to the bipolar junction transistor, a JFET:
1. Has a larger gain bandwidth produce
2. Is less noisy
3. Has less input resistnac3e
4. Has current low due to only majority carriers
(a) 1, 2, 3 and 4 are correct (c) 2 and 4 are correct
(b) 1 and 2 are correct (d) 3 and 4 are correct
Q.266 An emitter follower regulator has the following disadvantage:
(a) It does not provide high gain (b) No provision exists for varying the output voltage
(c) It output resistance is high (d) It cannot withstand high load current
1. A zener diode degrades the input signal at high frequencies due its transition capacitance.
2. The zener voltage does not vary with temperature
3. Regulation the zener diode is adversely affected at the knee current ( ) due to limited power dissipation
capacity
4. In a simple zener diode regulated circuit, amplification is not possible.
(a) 1, 2, 3, and 4 (b) 3 and 4 (c) 2 and 4 (d) 1 and 4
Q.268 For a transistor, turn off time is
(a) Sum of storage time and fall time (c) maximum value of fall time
(b) Maximum value of storage time (d) Sum of rise time and fall time
Q.269 In a common collector amplifier the voltage gain is
(a) constant (b) Less than 1 (c) Varies with input voltage (d) Varies with load impedance
Q.270 For a transconductance amplifier, input and output resistances are respectively
(a) and 0 (b) and (c) and (d) and
Q.271 Which one of the following is not true of direct coupled amplifiers?
(a) Low cost (b) Can amplify high frequency signals
(c) Can amplify low frequency signals (d) Operating point shifts with temperature variations
Q.272 The circuit shown is
(a) A low pass filter (c) a lag compensated inverting amplifier

(b) A clamper (d) A narrow band video amplifier
Q.273 The circuit shown is
(a) A low pass filter (c) A comparator
(b) A high pass filter (d) An all pass filter
Q.274 One shot multi vibrator, with a pulse input gives an output:
(a) Single triangular pulse (c) An impulse
(b) a square pulse (d) A single sinusoid pulse
Q.275 For logic circuit shown, the required inputs A, B and C to make the output X = 1 are respectively,

Q.276 The Boolean expression for the shaded area in the Venn diagram shown is
(a) ̅ ̅ (b) ̅ (c) ̅ ̅ (d) ̅

The h-parameters of a BJT:
1. Represent the input resistance, output conductance, current gain etc.
2. Can be easily measured in the laboratory.
3. Can be used in circuit analysis over a wide range of frequencies.
4. Constitute a simple small signal model for easy circuit analysis at low frequencies where junction capacitance
can be neglected.
(a) 1,2,3 and 4 (b) 1, 2 and 4 (c) 1, 3 and 4 (d) 2, 3 and 4
1. Amplitude distortion arises due to different frequency components being amplified differently.
2. White noise gives the same noise per unit bandwidth across the entire frequency spectrum.
3. If an amplifier has two poles such that , then the dominant pole is .
4. The self biasing emitter resistance of an amplifier is by passed by a large capacitances to reduce degeneration
at higher frequencies.
(a) 1, 2, 3 and 4 (b) 2 and 4 (c) 2 and 3 (d) 3 and 4
Q.279 In the given circuit, the magnitude of the output voltage.
| | , then the values of and are:
(a) and (c) and 12

(b) and 12 (d) and 12
Q.280 A semiconductor ROM is preferred to a semiconductor RAM because

(a) ROM is cheaper than RAM (c) ROM does not required power supply for their operation
(b) ROM is faster (d) Program stored in the ROM cannot be altered
Q.281 AND operation of ( ) and ( ) results in
(a) 50 H (b) 48 H (c) 42 H (d) 08 H
Direction:
Codes:
Q.282 Assertion (A): The collector current in a BJT in common base mode increases slightly with increase in collector
base voltage.
Reason (R): Increased collector base bias caused avalanche breakdown to increase the current.
Q.283 Assertion (A): For class A operation of CE transistor amplifier, the operating point
Reason (R): During the positive half of the input cycle, the transistor may be driven from „active‟ region to
„saturation‟ region, thus loosing the class A wave shape in the output.
Q.284 Assertion (A): If the output voltage waveform in a transistor amplifier is a true replica of the input waveform, then
it is said to be operated in class A mode. The q point cannot the fixed near .
Reason (R): The positive half cycle of the input will be clipped off in the output due to transistor being drawn into
cut off from active region.
Q.285 Assertion (A): The operating point in transistor amplifier shift with changes in temperature.
Reason (R): Reverse saturation current approximate doubles for every increase in temperature.
CHAPTER NO_-3
Analog electronics question paper for psu exam
(part-1)
Q.1
In the circuit the input has positive and negative swings is the output.
(a) = 0 for negative (c) for
(b) for positive (d) for all
A power supply use bridge rectifier with capacitor input filter. If one of the diode is defective, then
1. The dc load voltage will be lower than its expected value
2. Ripple frequency will be lower than its expected value
3. The surge current will increase manifold.
Of these statements:
(a) 1 and 2 are correct (b) 1 and 3 are correct (c) 2 and 3 are correct (d) 1, 2 and 3 are correct
Q.3 The function of a bleeder resistor in a rectifier with LC filter is to
(a) Maintain the minimum current through C
(b) Maintain for optimum current is necessary for optimum inductor operation
(c) Maintain maximum current through L
(d) Charge the capacitor C to maximum value
Q.4 If the input ac is 10 V rms, the maximum voltage the will appear across the diode of a half wave rectifier with a
capacitor input filter will be
(a) 10 V (b) 14 V (c) 20 V (d) 28 V
Q.5 In order to rectify sinusoidal signals of millivolt range (0.06 V).
(a) Bridge rectifier using diodes can be employed
(b) Full – wave diode rectifier can be used
(c) A diode is to be inserted in the feedback loop of an OP – AMP
(d) A diode is to be inserted in the input of an OP – AMP
Q.6 In switching devices, gold doping is used to
(a) Improve bonding (c) Increase the mobility of the carrier
(b) Reduce storage time (d) Protect the terminals against corrosion
Q.7 In an LC filter, the ripple factor
(a) Increases with the load current (c) Remains constant with the load current
(b) Increases with the load resistance (d) Has the lowest value
1. Maintain minimum current necessary for optimum inductor filter operation
2. Work as voltage divider in order to provide variable output from the supply
3. Provide discharge to capacitors so that output becomes zero when the circuit has been de-energuised.
Q.9 As compared to a full wave rectifier using two diodes, the four diode bridge rectifier has the dominant advantage of
(a) Higher current carrying capacity (c) Lower ripple factor
(b) Lower peak inverse voltage requirement (d) Higher efficiency
Q.10
The output wave form is

A clamper circuit
1. Adds or subtracts a dc voltage to or form a waveform.
3. Amplifies the waveform.
(a) 1 and 2 are correct (c) 2 and 3 are correct
(b) 1 and 3 are correct (d) 1, 2 and 3 are correct
Q.12 The use of a capacitor filter in a rectifier circuit gives satisfactory performance only when the load
(a) Current is high (b) Current is low (c) voltage is high (d) Voltage is low
Q.13 For full wave rectification, a four diode bridge rectifier is claimed to have the following advantages over a two diode
circuit:
(1) Less expensive transformer,
(2) Smaller size transformer, and
(3) Suitability for higher voltage, application.
Of these
(a) Only 1 and 2 are true (c) Only 2 and 3 are true
(b) Only 1 and 3 are true (d) 1, 2 and 3 are true
Q.14
In the figure is the input and the output.
(a) The circuit clips off the input
(b) The circuit clips off the input for
(c) The negative swings of are only clipped off.
(d) The output always.
Q.15 A zener diode in the circuit shown in the fig. has knee current of 5 mA, and a maximum allowed power dissipation of
300 mW. What are the minimum and maximum load current that can be drawn safely from the circuit, keeping the
output voltage constant at 6 V?
(a) 0 mA, 180 mA (b) 5 mA, 110 mA (c) 10 mA, 55 mA (d) 60 mA, 180 mA
Q.16 In the circuit shown in voltage = is the output
(a) For | | (c) For | |

(b) For | | (d) for all
Q.17 Following are the three statements regarding zener diode regulator. Which of them is incorrect?
i. It is a simple circuit, light weight, more reliable and provides regulation over a wide range of current
ii. As there is power dissipation in series resistor and the diode, it results in poor efficiency
iii. The stabilised output is independent of zener breakdown voltage and can be varied
(a) Only 1 (b) Only 2 (c) only 3 (d) All are incorrect
Q.18 A single phase diode-bridge rectifier is connected to a load – resistor of . The source voltage is V = 200 sinwt
where w = radians/second. The power dissipated in the load resistor is
(a) (b) (c) 400W (d)
Q.19 The 6 V zener diode shown in figure has zero zener resistance and a knee current of 5 mA. The minimum value of R
so that the voltage across it does not fall below 6 V is
(a) 1.2 kW (b) 80 W (c) 50 W (d) 0 ohms
Q.20 The waveshape of in figure below
Q.21 This is the output voltage across the load of a rectifier.
The load is
(a) R (b) R and L (c) R and C (d) R, L and C
Q.22 For the circuit given in fig. assuming ideal diode, the output waveform is
Q.23 For an input of (assuming ideal diode), circuit shown in the figure will behave as a
(a) Clipper, sine wave clipped at -2 V

(b) Clamper, sine wave clapmed at -2 V
(c) Clamper, sine wave clamped at zero volt
(d) Clipper sine wave clipped at 2 V
Q.24 The transfer characteristic of the network shown in the given figure is represented as
Q.25 The ripple factor of a power supply is given by (symbols have the usual meaning)
(a) (b) √( ) (c) √( ) (d)
Q.26 Consider the following circuits for low load:

1. Half –wave rectifier without filter
2. Full wave rectifier without filter
3. Full – wave rectifier with series inductance filter.
4. Full – wave rectifier with capacitance filter.
(a) 1, 2, 3, 4 (b) 3, 4, 1, 2 (c) 1, 2, 4, 3 (d) 3, 2, 1. 4
Q.27 A voltage of 200 cos 100t is applied to a HWR with a load resistance of 5 kΩ. The rectifier is represented by an ideal
diode in series with a resistance of 1 kΩ. the maximum value of current, d.c. component of current and rms value of
current will be respectively
(a) 33.33 mA, 14.61 mA; 16.67 mA (c) 28.3 mA, 14.61 mA, 13.33 mA
(b) 33.33 mA, 10.61 mA; 16.67 mA (d) 40 mA, 20 mA, 25 mA
Q.28 The approximate value of input impedance of a common emitter amplifier with emitter resistance is given by
(a) (b) ( ) (c) (d) ( )
Q.29 The h parameter equivalent circuit is the most common representation of the junction transistor because
a) It is usable over the entire frequency band of interest to the transistor
b) The parameters values correspond to input impedance, output admittance and current gain for the most common
applications of the transistor
c) It represents the admittance parameters of the transistors
d) It is most useful in ON and OFF states of the transistor
Q.30 In which one of the following transistor configuration is the input impedance TEAST independent on the load
resistance?
(a) CE (b) CB (c) CC (d) CE with unbypassed emitter resistance
Q.31 If is the source resistance, the output resistance of an emitter – follower using the simplified hybrid model would
be
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.32 A transconductance amplifier has
(a) High input impedance and low output impedance (b) Low input impedance and high output impedance
(c) High input and output impedances (d) Low input and output impedances
Q.33 In comparison with a common emitter amplifier, a common base amplifier typically has a,
(A) Low output impedance (C) Higher current gain
(B) Higher current gain (D) Higher band width
The correct features are
(a) All (b) A, B (c) C, D (d) B, D
Q.34 In regard to the features of the Cascode connection consider the statements:
1. Overall of the transistor
3. There is negligible reverse feedback
4. Load should be smaller than for a CE amplifier
5. It provides a larger gain over a wider range of frequencies than the CE amplifier
Of the above five, the true statements are
(a) Only 1, 2, 3 (b) Only 1, 3, 5 (c) Only 2, 3, 4 (d) Only 2, 3, 5
Q.35 In the circuit shown in fig. N is a finite gain amplifier with a gain of k, a very large input impedance, and a very low
output impedance. The input impedance of the feedback amplifier with the feedback impedance Z connected as
shown will be
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.36 the dc collector current of a BJT = 2 mA at room temperature where volts. Given . The value
of is given by
(a) 12.5 ohms (b) 25 ohms (c) 1250 ohms (d) 2500 ohms
Q.37 In a CE amplifier with as collector load and as emitter to ground resistor, the voltage gain can be
approximated by
(a) provided
(b) Provided large and
(c) Provided large and
(d) provided is large and
Q.38 In the common emitter amplifier with , given the current gain
| | is given by
(a) 400 (b) 25 (c) 90 (d) 100
Q.39 Consider the following circuit configurations:
1. Common emitter 2. Common base
3. Emitter follower, 4. Emitter follower using Darlington pair.
The correct sequence in increasing order of the input resistance of these configurations is
(a) 2, 1, 4, 3 (b) 1, 2, 4, 3 (c) 2, 1, 3, 4 (d) 1, 2, 3, 4
Q.40
Figures given simple equivalent circuits for CE and CB ohms, = 100, the values of r and are respectively given
by
(a) 2500 ohms and 0.99 (c) 2500 ohms and 100
(b) 25 ohms and 100 (d) 25 ohms and 0.99
Q.41
For the circuit shown in the figure the voltage gain is | | . Given is given by
(a) 100 (b) 80 (c) (d) 40
Q.42 For the transistor amplifier in the given figure the voltage amplification is approximately
(a) 100 (b) 84 (c) 0.723 (d) -2

Q.43 In the circuit shown in the given figure, assume that the capacitor C is almost shorted for the frequency range of
interest of the input signal, Under this condition the voltage gain of the amplifier will be approximately
(a) 0.33 (b) 0.5 (c) 0.66 (d) 1

Q.44 The circuit diagram shown in the figure consists of transistors in:
(a) Parallel connection (c) Darlington connection
(b) Cascode connection (d) Cascade connection
Q.45 The „h‟ parameters of the circuit shown in the figure are, and mho.
The voltage gain is
(a) 0.999 (b) 1.98 (c) 2.0 (d) 400

Q.46 The basic emitter follower circuit is shown in the given figure without the biasing arrangement. The h-parameters of
the transmission are . .
The output resistance of the circuit, is

(a) (b) 1 k (c) 20 k (d) 102 k
The slope of a.c. load line is
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) (d)
Q.48 An amplifier circuit is shown in the given figure

(a) (b) 100 (c) 150 (d) 160
1. The input impedance is very high
2. The voltage gain is exactly equal one.
Q.50 Match list I (Circuit name) with List II (Circuit diagram) and select the correct answer using the codes given below
the lists:
List I
Codes:
A B C D
a) 1 2 3 4
b) 2 1 3 4
c) 1 2 4 3
d) 2 1 4 3

1. The amplification factor ( or ) is most sensitive to changes in collector current, whereas the outpt impedance
parameter is least sensitive
2. Current gain of an amplifier is independent of the input impedance of the amplifier and the applied load.
(a) both statements are true (b) 1 True, 2 false (c) 1 false, 2 true (d) both false
Q.52 In the CE amplifier with . Given the current gain | | is given by
(a) 400 (b) 25 (c) 90 (d) 100
Q.53 (d.c. collector current) of a BJT = 2 mA at room temperature where . Given the value of
is given by
(a) 12.5Ω (b) 25 Ω (c) 1250 Ω (d) 2500 Ω
Q.54 Which of the following circuit realize self bias with compensation?
T = Thermistor, S = Sensistor
Codes:
Q.55 Thermal runaway is not possible in FET because as the temperature of FET increases
(a) The mobility decreases (c) The drain current increases
(b) The transconductance increases (d) The mobility increases
Q.56 Introducing a resistor in the emitter of a common emitter amplifier stabilizes the dc operating point against variations
in
(a) Only the temperature (c) Both temperature and
(b) Only the of the transistor (d) None of the above
Q.57 Each following two non-linear transistor biasing circuits, the resistor
a) and , both have negative temperature coefficient

b) and , both have positive temperature coefficient
c) has negative temperature coefficient and has positive temperature coefficients
d) has positive temperature coefficient and has negative temperature coefficient
Q.58 For a transistor amplifier with self-biasing network, the following components are used:
, and
The approximate value of the stability factor „S‟ will be
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1.5
Q.59 The condition to be satisfied to prevent thermal runaway in a transistor amplifier where ( at
Collectro, Junction temperature Ambient temperature, Q = Thermal resistance) is
(a) (b) (c) (d)

1. Self bias has a higher stability than fixed-bias configuration, but it has about the same voltage gain, current gain
and output impedance.
2. CE emitter bias configuration with an unbypassed emitter resistor has a larger input resistance than the bypassed
configuration but it will have a much smaller voltage gain than the bypassed configuration.
(a) Both the statements True (c) 1 false, 2 true
(b) 1 true, 2 false (d) both statements are false
Q.61 The upper 3 dB frequency (in rad/sec) in a common emitter amplifier is given in terms of the hybrid parameters as
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.62 An amplifier is assumed to have a single, pole high frequency transfer function. The rise time of its output response
to a step function input is 35 nsec. The upper -3 dB frequency (in MHz) for the amplifier to a sinusoidal input is
approximately at
(a) 4.55 (b) 10 (c) 20 (d) 28.6
Q.63 The current gain of a bipolar transistor drops at high frequencies because of
(a) Transistor capacitances (c) Parasitic inductive elements
(b) High current effects in the base (d) The Early effect
Q.64 An npn transistor has a beta cutoff frequency of 1 MHz, and common emitter short circuit low frequency current
gain of 200. Its unity gain frequency and the alpha cutoff frequency respectively are
(a) 200 MHz, 201 MHz (c) 199 MHz, 200 MHz
(b) 200 MHz, 199 MHz (d) 201 MHz, 200 MHz
Q.65 The of a BJT is related to its and as follows:
(a) ( ) (c) ( )
(b) ( ) (d) [ ( )]
Q.66 cut off frequency of a bipolar junction transistor increases with
(a) The increases in base width (c) The increases in collector width
(b) The increases in emitter width (d) The decreases in base width
Of these the correct ones are
(a) All (b) B, C (c) D (d) B, C, D
Q.67 Match List I (Transistor Parameter) with List II (Typical value) and select the correct answer using the code given
below the lists:
List I List II
A. 1. 80 kΩ
B. 2. 1 kΩ
C. 3. 100Ω
D. 4. 100 pf
5.pF
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 2 1 4
b) 3 2 1 5
c) 1 3 2 4
d) 1 3 2 5
Q.68 In an operational amplifier the band width (B) in terms of rise time ( ) is given by
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.69 An npn BJT has , and DC current gain . For this transistor
and are
(a) and (c) and
(b) and (d) and
Q.70 A source follower (using an FET) usually has a voltage gain which is
(a) Greater than + 100 (c) Exactly unity, but negative
(b) Slightly less than unity, but positive (d) About – 10
Q.71 An n – channel JFET has a pinch off voltage of ( ) and The minimum
„ON‟ resistance is achieved in the JFET for
(a) and (c) and
(b) and (d) and
Q.72 A FET is a better chopper than a BJT because it has
(a) Lowe off set voltage (c) Low input current
(b) Higher series ON resistance (d) Higher input impedance
Q.73 A JFET is set up as a source follower, Given and source load resistor . The output
resistance (including ) is given approximately by
(a) 1000 ohms (b) 500 ohms (c) 333 ohms (d) 666 ohms
Q.74 Given for an FET, . Total capacitance = 500 pF for a voltage gain of – 30 The bandwidth will be
(a) 100 kHz (b) 630 kHz (c) 3 MHz (d) 19 MHz
Q.75 The parameters of an FET are , as a source follower load. The output impedance is
given by
(a) 333 ohms (b) 3 k ohms (c) 2.7 k ohms (d) 300 ohms
Q.76
Given The voltage gain | | | | is given by
(a) (b) 5 (c) 10 (d)
Q.77 The JFET shown in figure has an and . The value of the resistance for a drain current
is (select the nearest value)
(a) 150 ohms (b) 470 ohms (c) 560 ohms (d) 1 kilogram
Q.78 The mid frequency input impedance of the JFET amplifier given in figure lies in the range
(a) 100 -300 ohm (b) 1 – 3 k ohm (c) 10 – 20 kohm (d) 100 – 200 kohm
Q.79 The parameters of a FET are . as a source follower load. The output impedance is
given by
(a) 333 Ω (b) 3 k Ω (c) 2.7 k Ω (d) 300 Ω
Q.80
. Given , the value of is given by
(a) 0.3 mA/V (b) 0.33 mA/V (c) 3.0 mA/V (d)
√
Q.81 A two stage amplifier is required to have an upper cut off frequency of 2 MHz and a lower cut off frequency of 30
Hz. The upper and lower cut off frequencies of individual stage are respectively approximately
(a) 4 MHz, 60 Hz (b) 3 MHz, 20 Hz (c) 3 MHz, 60 Hz (d) 4 MHz, 20 Hz
Q.82 An R – C coupled transistor has a lower 3-dB frequency of 100 Hz due to coupling capacitor. The emitter bypass
capacitor is of such a value that the lower 3-dB frequency due to emitter degeneration alone is also 100 Hz. The
lower 3-dB frequency of the stage will be
(a) 64 Hz (b) 100 Hz (c) 156 Hz (d) 244 Hz
Q.83 The frequency of an LC circuit of a tuned base tuned emitter type of coupled oscillator having resonant frequency of
crystal as , is
(a) Slightly less than (b) Equal to (c) Slightly more than (d) At least 2
Q.84 For three links in tandem, each of the first two has S/N ratio of 60 dB while the third has the same of 40 dB. The
overall S/N ratio (approx.) is
(a) 30 dB (b) 40 dB (c) 50 dB (d) 60 dB
The lower cut off frequencies for a RC coupled CE amplifier depend on
1. Input and output coupling capacitor
2. Emitter by pass capacitor
3. Junction capacitors
(a) 1 alone (b) 2 alone (c) 1 and 2 (d) 2 and 3
Q.86 A three stage cascade amplifier of identical non interacting FET common source stages has an overall voltage gain of
| | and overall band which (BW) of radian/sec. Given , the shunt capacitance of
each state is given by
(a) 20 pF (b) 10 pF (c) 3.2 pF (d) 1.6 pF
Q.87 For a 3-stage amplifier the amplitude response falls by ---- dB per octave, both at the low and at the high frequencies.
(a) 6 (b) 12 (c) 18 (d) 24
Q.88 Three identical single tuned amplifiers are connected in cascade. The 3 dB bandwidth of each amplifier is 100 kHz.
The overall 3 dB bandwidth will be approximately
(a) 300 kHz (b) 100 kHz (c) 50 kHz (d) 33 kHz
Q.89 Match List I (Amplifier type) with List II (Circuit/property) and select the correct answer using the codes given
below the lists:
List I List II
A. RC coupling 1. Higher voltage gain and impedance matching.
B. Inductive coupling 2. Ability to amplify dc and low frequency signals.
C. Transformer coupling 3. Minimum possible non linear distortion
D. Direct coupling 4. Low collector supply voltage can be used
Codes:
A B C D
a) 4 1 3 2
b) 3 4 1 2
c) 1 2 3 4
d) 4 3 2 1
Q.90 A transistor amplifier has poles at
,
,
The upper 3 dB frequency of the amplifier will be

(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.91 An amplifier using BJT has two identical states each having a lower cut off (3 dB) frequency of 64 Hz due to
coupling capacitor. The emitter bypass capacitor also provides a lower cut off (3 dB) frequency due to emitter
degeneration alone of 64 Hz. The lower (3 dB) frequency of the overall amplifier is nearly
(a) 100 Hz (b) 128 Hz (c) 156 Hz (d) 244 Hz
Q.92
For the circuit shown in the figure the feedback is

(a) Current series (b) Current shunt (c) voltage series (d) voltage shunt
Q.93 An amplifier without feedback has a gain of 1000. The gain with a negative feedback of 0.009 is
(a) 100 (b) 10 (c) 900 (d) 125
Q.94 The amount without feedback applied to an amplifier reduces the gain by a factor of 10. The bandwidth
(a) Decreases by a factor of 10 (c) Remains the same
(b) Increases by a factor of 10 (d) Is narrowed
Q.95 The nature of feedback in an inverting amplifier is
(a) current shunt (b) Current series (c) Voltage series (d) Voltage shunt
Q.96 It is desired to reduce total harmonic distortion of an amplifier from 8% to 2% by use of 5% feedback. What is the
gain of the amplifier with original distortion and with reduced distortion?
(a) 60, 1.5 (b) 1.5, 90 (c) 6, 1.5 (d) 1.5, 6
Q.97 If an amplifier with gain of 1000 and feed back of had a gain change of 20% due to temperature, the
change is gain of the feedback amplifier would be
(a) 10% (b) 5% ` (c) 0.2% (d) 0.01%
Q.98 A circuit using an op-amp is shown in the given figure. It has
(a) Voltage series feedback (c) Current shunt feedback

(b) Voltage shunt feedback (d) Current series feedback
Q.99 Indicate the FALSE statement regarding negative feedback
a) Closed loop gain is always less than the open gain.
b) Input impedance is always greater than the output impedance.
c) The open loop gain falls to zero decide at a frequency equal to unity gain crossover frequency
d) Closed loop bandwidth is always greater than the open loop bandwidth
Q.100 The emitter follower configuration inherenetly has a
(a) Current series feedback (c) Voltage – series feedback
(b) Voltage shunt feedback (d) None of these
Q.101 In a CE amplifier, the effect of an unbypassed is to increase the input resistance. This happens because
1. The system tends towards an ideal CVS
2. Both input and output currents flow through
3. The fed back quantity is a voltage
4. The fed back quantity is a current
Of the above four statements the true statements are
(a) Only 1, 2 (b) Only 3, 4 (c) Only 2, 3 (d) Only 1, 4
Q.102 An amplifier has a gain of 1000 10. Negative feedback of provided such that the gain variation is within 0.1%.
Then the amount of feedback is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.103 A transistor amplifier has voltage gain of | | and . Negative voltage feedback with is applied using
unbypassed . with feedback is
(a) (b) (c) 20 k ohms (d) 10 k ohms
Q.104 An amplifier has and , . The amplifier is modified to provide 10% negative voltage
feedback in series with input. The value of and (i.e. with feedback) respectively are (in ohms)
(a) 2 K and 40 K (b) 20 K and 4 K (c) 0.2 K and 400 k (d) 16 K and 5 K
Q.105 An amplifier has an open – loop gain of 100, an input impedance of 1 kΩ, and an output impedance of 100 Ω. A
feedback network with a feedback factor of 0.99 is connected to the amplifier in a voltage series feedback mode. The
new input and output impedances, respectively, are
(a) 10 Ω and 1 Ω (b) 10 Ω and 10 k Ω (c) 100 k Ω and 1 Ω (d) 100 k Ω and 10 k Ω
Q.106 Match the following
Types of Feedback Amplifier Input Resistance Output resistance
(A) Voltage series (P) Increases Increases
(B) Voltage Shunt (Q) Decreases Increases
(C) Current Series (R) Decreases Decreases
(D) Current Shunt (S) Increases Decreases
Codes:
A B C D
a) S R P Q
b) R S P Q
c) P Q R S
d) P Q S R
Q.107 An amplifier with an initial open loop gain of 400 is used as a negative feedback amplifier. The feedback factor is
0.05. If the gain of the amplifier changes by 10% due to temperature, then the closed loop gain will change
approximately by
(a) 0.05% (b) 0.1% (c) 0.5% (d) 1%
Q.108 The voltage gains of an amplifier without feedback and with negative feedback respectively are 100 and 20. The
(a) 4% (b) 5% (c) 20% (d) 80%
Q.109
The type of feedback used in the following diagram is
(a) Voltage series feedback (c) Voltage shunt feedback
(b) Current series feedback (d) Current shunt feedback
Q.110 An amplifier without feedback has a voltage gain of 50, input resistance of 1 k Ω and output resistance of the current
shunt negative feedback amplifier using the above amplifier with a feedback factor of 0.2, is
(a) 1/11 k Ω (b) 1/5 k Ω (c) 5 k Ω (d) 11 k Ω
Q.111 Figure shows the circuit diagram of a Wien bridge oscillator using an op – amp.
The frequency of oscillator if given . To have the system oscillate, the ratio should be
(a) 0.5 (b) 29 (c) 2 (d) Any value

Q.112 The minimum value of of a transistor to be used in three sections R – C phase shift oscillator is
(a) 54.4 (b) 45.4 (c) 44.5 (d) 29
Q.113 The primary advantage of a crystal oscillator is that
(a) It can oscillate at any frequency
(b) It givens a high output voltage
(c) Its frequency of oscillator remains almost constant
(d) It operates on a very low dc supply voltage
Q.114 In every practical oscillator, the loop gain is slightly larger than unity and the amplifier of the oscillations is limited
by the
(a) Magnitude of the loop gain (c) Magnitude of gain of the amplifier
(b) Onset if non linearity (d) Feedback transmission factor
Q.115 Which one of the following circuits is most suitable as an oscillator at a frequency of 100 Hz?
(a) Hartley oscillator (c) Crystal oscillator
(b) Colpitts Oscillator (d) Twin – T oscillator
Q.116 In regard to Wien bridge oscillator which is NOT correct
a) The bridge is unbalanced so that the amplitude of oscillations can be stabilised
b) At the frequency of oscillations the bridge is exactly balanced
c) In the bridge arms containing only resistors, any of the resistors is temperature sensitive to stabilise the
amplitude of oscillations
d) At the frequency of oscillations the gain is exactly 3
Q.117 Match List I (Name of the circuit) with List II (Characteristics) and select the correct answer using the codes given
below the lists:
List I List II
A. Tunnel diode oscillator 1. Produces high current pulses of short
B. UJT oscillator 2. An LC oscillator used for generation of sinewave at RF
C. Hartley oscillator 3. A negative resistance oscillator for MW frequency
D. Blocking 4. Uses negative oscillator resistance property for the
generation of sawtooth waveform
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 2 1 4
b) 1 2 4 3
c) 3 4 2 1
d) 4 3 1 2
Q.118
In the circuit of the relaxation oscillator shown in the given figure, what will be the change in the voltage waveform
across capacitor, if the voltage V is doubled?
(a) The amplitude as well as the frequency of the wave form will get doubled
(b) The amplitude will get doubled but the frequency will reduce to half its value.
(c) The amplitude well get doubled but the frequency will remain unchanged.
(d) The amplitude well remain unchanged but the frequency will get double.
Q.119 Match List I (Oscillator) with List II (Characteristics/Features) and select the correct answer using the codes given
below the lists:
List I List II
A. Wien Bridge 1. RF oscillator: two inductances and one capacitance on the reactance network
B. Colpitt‟s 2. LC oscillator for RF frequency: three capacitances and one inductance in the
reactance network
C. Hartley 3. RC oscillator for audio frequency applications.
D. Clapp 4. RF oscillator: two capacitances and one inductance as the reactance network
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 1 4 3
b) 2 4 1 3
c) 3 4 1 2
d) 3 1 4 2
Q.120 RC network shown in the given figure can provide a maximum theoretical phase shift of
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.121 For a phase – shift oscillator using FET to oscillate, the of the FET should be
(a) Less than 29 (b) Greater than 29 (c) Less than 44.5 (d) Greater than 44.5
Q.122 Following are the analogies drawn between electrical and mechanical equivalent of a piezoelectric crystal used as
crystal oscillator.
Electrical equivalent Mechanical equivalent
1. Inductor L Mass
2. Capacitor C Compliance (spring constant)
3. Resistor R Viscous damping factor
Which of the above analogies is incorrect
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) All are correct
Q.123 Consider the following statements regarding a CE amp. It can be converted into an oscillator by
2. Phase shifting the O/P by and feeding this phase shifted output to the input
3. Using only a series tuned circuit as a load on the amplifier
Q.124 For the given crystal oscillator. Find
For
Where are parallel and series resonant frequencies.

(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.125 A colpitts oscillator has a coil with an inductance of 50 mH and is tuned by a capacitor of 300 pf across the amplifier
input and 100 pf across the output. Find the frequency of oscillation and minimum gain for maintaining oscillation
(a) 2.6 MHz, 2 (b) 5.2 MHz, 3 (c) 2.6 MHz, 3 (d) 5.2 MHz, 2
Q.126 A transistor with a small signal CE short circuit current gain less than ----- cannot be used in 3RC section phase shift
oscillator network
(a) 44.5 (b) 29 (c) 43.5 (d) 2.7
Q.127 Which one of the following statements is true of phase shift type and wein‟s bridge type RC oscillators.
(a) Both use positive feedback.
(b) The former uses positive feedback only whereas latter uses both positive and negative feedback
(c) The former uses both positive and negative feed back, whereas the latter uses positive feedback only
(d) Both use negative feedback
Q.128 The input impedance of a good operational amplifier (op amp) is expected to be of the order of
(a) a few ohms (b) 1 k Ω (c) 10 k Ω (d) >> than 100 k Ω
Q.129 An ideal OP AMP is used to make an inverting amplifier. The two input terminals of the OP – AMP are at the same
potential because
(a) The two input terminals are directly shorted internally
(b) The input impedance of the OP – AMP is infinity
(c) The open loop gain of the OP – AMP is infinity
(d) CMRR is infinity
Q.130
The op – amp as shown in the above figure, has a gain of -100. The value of is
(a) 10 K (b) 10.1 K (c) 20 K (d) 100 M
Q.131 The op – amp is an example of
(a) VCVS (b) VCCS (c) CCVS (d) CCCS
Q.132 The op amp of the circuit shown in the figure has a unity gain frequency of 1 MHz. The cut off frequency of the
feedback amplifier is
(a) 100 kHz (b) 1 MHz (c) 10 MHz (d) 90 MHz

Q.133 What is mean by an internally and fully compensated op-amp?
a) This means that the op amp has on chip components which ensure that the op – amp is always stable, even in
case of 100% feedback.
b) This means that the op-amp‟s frequency response has already been extended to the maximum internally
c) This means that there is no need to connect an external compensation network
d) This means that IC‟s internal circuitry contains the compensating capacitance.
Q.134 The large signal bandwidth of an op amp is limited by
(a) Its slew rate specification (b) Its gain bandwidth product
(c) CMRR (d) None of these
Q.135 the open loop gain of op amp may be as high as
(a) (b) (c) 1000 (d)
Q.136 Under what condition will the instrumentation amplifier circuit given in the Figure possess highest CMRR? ( and
are source resistances)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.137 An OP – AMP has a slew rate of 5 V/ . The largest sinewave output voltage possible at a frequency of 1 MHz is
(a) (b) 5 volts (c) (d)
Q.138 An operational amplifier has a slew rate of 100 V/microsecond. For a frequency of 10 MHz, the maximum (peak)
value of the sine wave output voltage will be
(a) 100 V (b) (c) 10 V (d)
Q.139 Consider the following circuit
The current in the above circuit will be
(a) ( )
(b) (c) (d) * +
Q.140 A differential amplifier is invariably used in the input stage all op-amps. This is does basically to provide the op amps
with a very high
(a) CMRR (b) Bandwidth (c) Slew rate (d) open loop gain
Q.141 The large signal bandwidth of an op-amp is limited by its
(a) Slew rate specification (c) CMRR specification
(b) Unity gain cross over frequency specification (d) Open loop gain
Q.142 One of the following statements in reference to a unity gain non inverting buffer using an op – amp is incorrect.
Identify this statement
a) It has extremely high input impedance, much higher than even its open loop input impedance
b) Its input impedance is very high almost approaching its open loop input impedance magnitude
c) The voltage gain is unity.
d) The input is applied to the non-inverting input.
Q.143 The SLEW RATE specification of an op amp is usually measured in
(a) Microvolts per second (c) Decibels
(b) Volts per microsecond (d) volts per microvolt.
Q.144 The open loop gain of a certain of amp falls to zero decibel at a freq8uency of 10 MHz. Its transient response time is
therefore
(a) 35 nS (b) 350 nS (c) 100 nS (d) None of these
Q.145 One of the following op amp type numbers is a comparator
(a) LM 710 (b) LM 741 (c) LM748 (d) LM747
Q.146 One of the following op amp type numbers is not an op amp
(a) LM 748 (b) LM 340 (c) MC 1458 (d) LM319
Q.147
The op amp used in the circuit is ideal. The output is equal to

(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.148 The basic op amp is ideal.
(A) Find the mathematical operation performed by the amplifier circuit I/P voltage are and and is the o/p
voltage
(a) Adder (b) Substractor (c) Multiplier (d) Divider
(B) If and and are 3v and 5v respectively then. is
(a) 88 V (b) 8.8 V (c) 22 V (d) 16.5 V
Q.149 The Op – amp shown in the figure below is ideal. √ . The phase angle between and at is
√
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.150 An op amp has a unity gain bandwidths of 10 MHz. This op amp is wired as an inverting amplifier with a closed loop
gain of 10. What is maximum usable input frequency if the gain error is not allowed to exceed 1 per cent.
(a) 1 MHz (b) 100 kHz (c) 10 kHz (d) None of these.
Q.151 An op-amp has an open loop gain bandwidth . Its relation to closed loop gain bandwidth | | is
(a) | | (b) | | (c) | | (d) | |
Q.152 An op amp has an offset voltage of 1 mV and is ideal in all other respects. If this ap amp is used in the circuit shown
in figure, the output voltage will be (select the nearest value)
(a) 1 mV (b) 1 V (c) (d) 0 V

Q.153 The integrator given in figure produces an output voltage ( ) in response to an input voltage
( ) The value of is
(a) 1.0 V (b) 0.8 V (c) 0.6 V (d) 0.5 V

Q.154 The given figure shows a computational circuit using op-amps. The value of in this circuits is
(a) (c)
(b) ( ) (d)
Q.155 The approximate input impedance of the OP – AMP circuit shown in given figure is
(a) Infinity (b) 120 K (c) 110 K (d) 10 K

Q.156 In the case of the circuit shown in the figure, maximum, the maximum possible out offset voltage is
caused by the input offset voltage with respect to ground is:
(a) 60 mV dc (b) 110 mV dc (c) 130 mV dc (d) 150 mV dc

Q.157 for a sinusoidal input, the circuit shown in the figure will act as a
(a) Pulse generator (b) Full – wave rectifier (c) Ramp generator (d) voltage doubler
Q.158 The circuit shown in the figure represents a
(a) Low pass filter (b) High pass filter (c) band pass filter (d) Band stop filter
Q.159 The op amp configuration of fig. shall have a gain of
(a) 11 (b) -11 (c) 10 (d) -10

Q.160
The op – amp as shown in the above figure, has a gain of -100. The value of is
(a) 10 K (b) 10.1 K (c) 20 K (d) 100 M
Q.161 The expected output voltage swing is 20 volts peak to peak in an amplifier built around an op – amp having a slew
rate of 3.14 . The maximum signal frequency this op – amp can handle for the faithful reproduction of expected
output is
(a) 10 kHz (b) 3.14 kHz (c) 50 kHz (d) 100 kHz
Q.162 For the OP – AMP cascade shown in the given figure is
(a) -200 (b) 196 (c) 200 (d) 250

Q.163 The ratio of the output and input voltages for the given circuit is
(a) +1 when S is open, ( ) when S is closed
(b) ( ) when S is open, +1 when S is closed
(c) -1 when S is open, ( ) when S is closed
(d) +1 when S is open, ( ) when S is closed
Q.164 If the unity gain bandwidth of the operational amplifier shown in the given figure is 4 MHz, then the bandwidth of
the amplifier will be
(a) 0.1 MHz (b) 0.8 MHz (c) 2 MHz (d) 4 MHz
Q.165 In the circuit shown in the given figure, the current flowing through resistance of 100 Ω would be
(a) 8 mA (b) 10 mA (c) 20 mA (d) 100 mA

Q.166 The input differential stage of op – amp 741 is biased at about 10 current. Such a low current of the input stage
gives
1. High CMRR. 2. High differential gain,
3. Low differential gain 4. High input impedance.
Q.167 A circuit is shown in the given figure. The largest value of that can be used, such that BJT remains in active, is
(a) (b) 400 (c) 2 k (d) 20 k
Q.168 One of the op – amp configurations shown in fig. is the true voltage follower
(a) The one shown in fig. (D) (c) The one shown in fig. (C)
(b) The one shown in fig. (A) (d) The one shown in fig. (B)
Q.169 Write the expression for the output voltage for the integrator circuit of fig.
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.170 Write the expression for the output voltage for the differentiator circuit of fig.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.171 A given op – amp has an open loop gain of 110 dB and a CMRR rating of 106 dB. What should be the open loop
common mode gain of this op – amp
(a) It can not be determined from the (b) 4 dB (c) 216 dB (d) 110 dB
Q.172 A certain general purpose op –a mp has PSRR specification of 100 dB. This implies that a one volt change in the
power supply will produce an input off set voltage change of
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.173 The output voltage of the given circuit is
(a) – 100 V (b) 100 mV (c) 10 V (d) 10 mV

Q.174 A 741 type op – amp has a gain band width product of 1 MHz. A non inverting amplifier gain of 20 dB will exhibit a
3 dB bandwidth of
Q.175 If the op – amp in figure is ideal, the output voltage will be equal to
(a) 3 V (b) 6 V (c) 9 V (d) 36 V

Q.176 Find the O/P voltage of the following circuit assuming ideal op – amp behaviour
(a) 2 V (b) 4 V (c) 8 V (d) 16 V

Q. 177 Assume the op amp is ideal.
If (reverse saturation current for transistor) = 1 pA and thermal voltage then what is the
value of the output voltage for an input voltage ?
(a) (b) 0.69 V (c) (d) 1 V
( )
Q.178 (A) for the circuit shown in figure below. Determine
( )
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( )
(B) If the value of is 100 k ohm and R is 10 K ohm, determine the value of C to obtain a phase shift of
between and for an input frequency of 1000 rad/s.
(a) 0.001 (b) 0.01 (c) (d)
Q.179 A differential amplifier has ( ) , the
common mode gain is given by
(a) 1500 (b) 20 (c) 0.2 (d) 0.1
Q.180 The following op amp circuit behaves as
(a) Regenerative comparator (c) Logarithmic amplifier

(b) Logarithmic amp lifer (d) Sample and hold circuit
Q.181 Determine the output voltage of an op – amp for an input voltage of , , the amplifier has a
differential gain of and the value of CMRR = .
(a) 40 mV (b) 45 mV (c) 1 mV (d) 0.1 mV
Q.182 Assume the op – amp to be ideal, the current I through the 1k – W resistor is
(a) -2mA (b) -4 mA (c) -6 mA (d) -8 mA

Q.183 Find output voltage for the following circuit
(a) + 41.9 (b) + 8.3 V (c) 8.3 V (d) – 41. V

Q.184 In class B push – pull operation the power delivered to the load ohms is watts. Then the peak load
current is given by
(a) 16 amp (b) 2 amp (c) √ amp (d)

√
Q.185 In a class B push – pull amplifier volts, peak voltage output amplitude ; . The
dc power supplied is given by
(a) 10 watts (b) 16 watts (c) 20 watts (d) 32 watts
Q.186 In a transistor amplifier, and ac a load of a 1 kΩ. The ac power delivered to the load is
(a) 0.5 mW (b) 1 mW (c) 6.25 mW (d) 2.5 mW
Q.187 A class – B push pull power amplifier uses dissipation capacity of 2 watts. The maximum power that the circuit can
deliver to the load without extending the power dissipation capacity of the transistor is
(a) 1 watt (b) 2 watts (c) 5 watts (d) 10 watts
Q.188 The dissipation at the collector is in the quiescent state and increases with excitation in the case of a
(a) Class A series – fed amplifier (c) Class AB amplifier
(b) Class A transistor coupled amplifier (d) Class B amplifier
Q.189 A push pull amplifier suppresses
(a) Only the second harmonic component (c) Only the even harmonic components
(b) Only the odd harmonic components (d) Both odd and even harmonic components
Q.190 A class B push pull transistor amplifier is operated under optimum conditions. , Audio power = 4.5 watts.
With the usual simplifying assumptions
(a) The DC power drawn from is 9 watts
(b) The power dissipated by each transistor is 2.25 watts
(c) The reflected resistance in the primary of the transformer is 200 ohms
(d) The peak ac collector current is 0.3 amp
A class – B amplifier
1. Is biased just at cut – off.
2. Has a high theoretical efficiency of 78.5% because its quiescent current is low.
3. Is biased at the mid point of load time.
Of these statements
(a) 2 and 3 are correct (c) 2 alone is correct
(b) 1 alone is correct (d) 1 and 2 are correct
Q.192 if ( ) is the maximum power dissipation capability of the transistor, then the maximum AC power ( ) that a class
A to the load is given by
(a) (b) (c) (d) √

√
Q.193 In a complementary symmetry transistor emitter follower type class B push – pull amplifier working at Power
conversion efficiency of 50% given , peak output voltage across ohms, peak output voltage
across is 16 volts, the dc power drawn by each transistor is given by
(a) 8 watts (b) 16 watts (c) 32 watts (d) cannot be found
Q.194 In connection with transistors operated in class B and class AB consider the following statements
1. In class B for low signal voltages at the base, the collector current is zero
2. In class AB, with no signal the dc power drawn is zero
3. The power efficiency in class AB is higher than in class B
4. In class B there is crossover distortion
Of these, the true statements are:
(a) Only 1, 2 (b) only 3, 4 (c) only 2, 3 (d) only 1, 4
Q.195 In regard to idealised class A BJT amplifiers, the following statements are made about their power relations; given
maximum collector dissipation watts.
1. In series – fed load
2. In transformer coupled load
3. With series – fed load, DC power
4. With transformer coupled load,
Of these, the true statements are
(a) Only 1, 2 (b) only 1, 3 (c) Only 2, 3 (d) Only 2, 4
Q.196 Tuned radio frequency amplifiers generally utilize
(a) Class A operation (c) Class C operation
(b) Class B operation (d) Class AB operation
Q.197 A power amp delivers 12.5 W output at 50% collector efficiency. The ambient temperature is . If the maximum
allowable junction temperature is , then the maximum thermal resistance that can be tolerated is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.198 Match List I (Class of amplifiers) with List II (Angle of conduction) and select the correct answer using the codes
List I List II
A. Class A 1. Less than
B. Class B 2.
C. Class AB 3. Greater than
D. Class C 4.
5.Usually to
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 3 4 5
b) 4 5 2 3
c) 4 2 3 1
d) 1 2 3 4
Q.199
The above figure shows a class B amplifier. Given that

and is sinusoidal voltage of peak value 4 V, the average power drawn by the two
supply voltage together will be approximately
(a) 2 W (b) 4 W (c) 6 W (d) 8 W
Q.201 (A) For a class B amplifier using a supply of and driving a load of 16Ω, determine the maximum input
power
(a) 50w (b) 75w (c) 72w (d) 36w
(B) The maximum power dissipated by each transistor is
(a) 5 w (b) 6 w (c) 7w (d) 8 w
Q.202 Consider the following statements regarding the time base voltage of an oscilloscope:
It can be generate using
(1) Miller sweep circuit
(2) Boot strap integrator circuit
(3) Time delay circuit
(4) A controlled circuit.
Of these statements
(a) 1, 2 and 3 are correct (c) 2 and 4 are correct
Q.203 What is the hysteresis voltage for the Schmitt trigger circuit shown in the given figure, if
(a) 1.90 volts (b) 1.45 volts (c) 1.00 volts (d) 0.90 volts
Q.204 In a bistable multivibrator, commutating capacitors are used to
(a) Increase the base storage charge (c) increase the speed of response
(b) Provide ac coupling (d) Alter the frequency of the output
Q.205
Figure shows a Schmitt trigger circuit using Op-amp. The output is limited to V and -5 V connecting suitably
chosen Zener diodes at the output. The lower and upper trigger voltages are respectively
(a) – 1 V and + 0.5 V (b) -0.5 V and + 1.0 V (c) 1 V and -0.5 V (d) -0.5 V and 1.0 V
Q.206 The Hysteresis phenomenon in Schmitt Trigger has the following features:
1. It is due to negative feedback
2. Speed of response is achieved
3. In the inverted mode, the circuit triggers at a higher voltage for increasing signals than for decreasing signals
4. Noise signal voltages greater than are cut off, where is the Hysteresis voltage
5. Slowly varying signals are converted to output waveform with abrupt changes at two specified levels of input
signals
Of these five statements, the true statements are
(a) 2 and 3 only (b) 2, 3 and 5 only (c) 2, 3 and 4 only (d) 3 and 5 only
Q.207 In a Schmitt trigger using OP amplifiers the output is limited by Zener diode clipper to volts. The positive
input terminal voltage applied to .
The following statements 1 to 4 are made regarding and
1. For negative and rising
2. For positive and decreasing
3. For decreasing through zero value
4. For increasing through zero value
Of these statements, the true statements are
Q.208
In the circuit shown, ( ) is a step voltage of magnitude -0.5 volt, is given by

(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.209 Figure shows a Miller sweep
, sweep voltage . The sweep duration is given by

(a) seconds (b) 5 seconds (c) seconds (d) None of these
Q.210
In the circuit shown in the above figure in unstable state, the voltage on the capacitor (marked as ) will be
(a) (b) (c) Zero (d)
Q.211 Which of the following pairs is/are correctly matched?

Waveform Circuitry and input signal
1. Triangular wave Integrating circuit and square wave
2. Impulsive wave Differentiating circuit ans step signal
3. Saw tooth Differentiating circuit and triangular wave
(a) 2 and 3 (b) 1 and 2 (c) 1 alone (d) 1 and 3
Q.212 The given figure shown the application of 555 timer circuit as an a stable multivibrator. The charging discharging
time constants are respectively.
(a) and (c) ( ) and

(b) and ( ) (d) and
Q.213 By proper selection of and , the circuit shown in the given figure can be used as a
(a) Ramp generator (c) Saw tooth generator

(b) Square wave generator (d) Sine wave generator
Q.214 The circuit shown in the given figure is
(a) An amplifier (b) An oscillator (c) A high pass filter (d) A saw tooth generator
Q.215 In order to obtain triangular pulses at the output of the circuit shown in the figure, the input should be
(a) Grounded (b) A square wave (c) A triangular wave (d) A trigger
Q.216
The circuit shown in the above figure represents

(a) Schmidt trigger (c) A monostable multivibrator
(b) An astable multivibrator (d) A bistable multrivibrator
Q.217 If the input to the circuit of figure is a sine wave the output will be a
(a) Half wave rectified sine wave (c) Triangular wave

(b) Full wave rectified sine wave (d) Square wave
Q.218 The value of coupling capacitor required in FET cascaded stages is
(a) The same as transistor (c) Higher than transistor
(b) Less than transistor (d) Immaterial
Q.219 The circuit shown in the given figure is a
(a) Constant voltage source (c) common emitter amplifier

(b) Constant current source (d) Common base amplifier
Q.220 When the OP – AMP circuit shown in the figure behaves as a/an
(a) Inverting amplifier (c) Non-inverting amplifier

(b) Schmitt trigger (d) Voltage follower
Q.221 In the case of an amplifier, the normalised voltage gain is given by
Where is the zero frequency and is the pole frequency. For a standard frequency response of the amplifier
(a) (b) (c) (d)
In order to increase the bandwidth of tuned amplifiers, one can use
1. Tuned circuit with inductance having high Q factor
2. Double tuned amplifier with two tuned circuits coupled by mutual inductance.
3. Staggered tuned amplifier in which different tuned circuits which are cascaded are tuned to slightly different
frequencies.
(a) 1 alone is correct (c) 2 and 3 are correct
Q.223 The voltage gain of a device is 6 dB. This means that the ratio of the amplitudes of the input to output will be
approximately
(a) 6 (b) 1/6 (c) 2 (d) ½
Q.224 A second order low pass active filter shall have at cut off frequency, a phase shift between input and output of
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.225 For high speed operation which of the following parameters may have to be minimised?
1. Junction capacitance
2. Dynamic forward resistance
3. Depletion layer thickness
4. Charge storage
Choose the correct set of parameters using the codes giving below:
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 1, 2 and 3 (c) 1 and 4 (d) 2, 3 and 4
Q.226 The given figure is that a tuned transistor amplifier. What is the main reason for tapping the inductor of the input
tuned circuit?
(a) To increase the input impedance

(b) For impedance matching
(c) For impedance transformation to achieve proper values of components
(d) To increase the stability of the amplifier
Q.227 A second order high pass active filter shall have at cut off frequency, a phase shift between input and output of
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.228 An amplifier has an input power of 2 microwatts. The power gain of the amplifier is 60 dB. The output power will be
(a) 6 microwatts (b) 120 microwatts (c) 2 milliwatts (d) 2 watts
Q.229 A tank circuit of R. F. amplifier has a coil of Q factor of 100. It is tuned to a frequency of 1 MHz. THE bandwidth of
the circuit of
Q.230 The gain and input resistance of an amplifier in a boot strap sweep circuit are respectively
(a) unity and zero (b) Infinity and infinity (c) Unity and infinity (d) Infinity and zero
Q.231 For the high pass circuit to act as a differentiator, the time constant must be
(a) Small
(b) Very small in comparison to the time period of the input signal
(c) Very high in comparison to the time period of the input signal (that is low pass circuit)
(d) Of moderate value
Q.232 A 1 ms plus can be stretched to 1 s plus by using
(a) An astable multivibrator (c) A bistable multrivibrator
(b) A monostable multivibrator (d) A Schmitt trigger circuit
Q.233 If the Q of a single – stage single – tuned amplifier is doubled, then its bandwidth will
(a) Remain same (b) Become half (c) Become double (d) Become four times
Q.234 The IF amplifier in a superheterodyne receiver is
(a) Single stage single tuned amplifier (c) Double – tuned amplifier
(b) Two stages of single tuned amplifier (d) Class C amplifier
Q.235 The circuit shown in fig is that of
(a) A non inverting amplifier (c) An oscillator

(b) An inverting amplifier (d) A Schmitt trigger
Q.236 The lower and upper 3 dB frequencies of a tuned amplifier‟s frequency response are 10 kHz and 12 kHz respectively.
The frequency response has Q factor of
(a) 11 (b) 5.5 (c) 5 (d) 6
Q.237 A Darlington stage is shown in fig. if the transconductance of is and that of is , then the overall
transconductnace [ ] is given by
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.238
In the OP amp. Circuit with Zener diodes connected as shown, where the Zener voltage is , is the input signal
and a reference voltage. The output is given thus:
(a) For (c) For
(b) (d) None of these
Q.239 Circuit shows current mirror biasing for ICs.
Given , the value of R is given by

(a) 10 k ohms (b) 9.31 k ohms (c) 5 k ohms (d) 4.65 k ohms
Q.240 In the circuit shown the effect of the 1 pF capacitor on the gain calculations is to
(a) Increase the value of C by 1 pF (c) Increase the value of C by 41 pF

(b) Increase the value of C by 61 pF (d) Decrease the value of C by 59 pF
Q.241 The transfer function of an amplifier is given by
( )( )
The high 3-dB frequency of the amplifier will be approximately

(a) 5850 kHz (b) 585 kHz (c) 5850 Hz (d) 585 Hz
Q.242 The RMs thermal noise voltages of three resistors individually are and . If these resistors are connected in
series, the total noise voltage is given by
(a) (b) √ √ √ (c) √ (d) ( )

Q.243 In the circuit shown in the figure.
(a) Only red will glow (c) both red and greed will glow
(b) Only green will glow (d) Heither red nor green will glow
Q.244 In a single stage RC coupled common emitter amplifier, the phase shift at the lower 3 dB frequency is
Q.245 The open circuit voltage and resistance of a microphone are 15 mv (rms) and 100kΩ respectively. An amplifier with
an input impedance (resistive) of 50kΩ is used for amplifying the microphone output so as to deliver 2 watt power to
a load of 8Ωs. Find the voltage gain of the amplifier.
(a) 400 (b) 800 (c) 1600 (d) 3200
Q.246 The „h‟ parameter equivalent circuit of a junction transistor is valid for
(a) High frequency, large signal operation (c) low frequency small signal operation
(b) High frequency, small signal operation (d) Low frequency, large signal operation
Q.247 Match List I (Characteristic of the device) with List II (Device) and select the correct answer using the codes given
below the lists:
List I List II
A. Voltage controlled device 1. Bipolar junction transistor
B. Current controlled device 2. Uni-junction transistor
C. Conductivity modulation device 3. Field – effect transistor
D. Negative conductance device 4. IMPATT diode
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 3 1 4
b) 2 3 4 1
c) 3 1 2 4
d) 3 1 4 2
Q.248 Find the odd man out in the given devices
(a) UJT (b) SCR (c) Avalanche (d) Tunnel diode
Q.249 The given circuit realizes a
(a) Grounded inductor in series with a resistor
(b) Grounded inductor in parallel with a resistor
(c) Grounded capacitor in parallel with a resistor
(d) Grounded capacitor in series with a resistor
Q.250 If is the source resistance, the output resistance of an emitter follower using the simplified hybrid model would be
(a) (b) (c) (d)
CHAPTER NO_-4
Analog Electronics Questions for PSU exam
(part-2)
Q.1 Doping of semiconductors is

(a) The process of purifying semiconductor materials
(b) The process of adding certain impurities to the semiconductor material
(c) The process of converting a pure semiconductor material into one some form of an active device like diode,
transistor, FET etc.
(d) One of the processes used in the fabrication of ICs
Q.2 A semiconductor material with impurities added is
(a) An extrinsic semiconductor (c) An N-type semiconductor
(b) An intrinsic semiconductor (d) P – type semiconductor
Q.3 Boron and Indium are two commonly used trivalent impurities used for doping of semiconductors. Another is
(a) Arsenic (b) Phosphorus (c) Aluminium (d) None of these
Q.4 The electron and hole concentrations in a intrinsic semiconductor are and respectively. When doped with a n-
type material, these change to n and p, respectively. Then
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.5 A long specimen of p-type semiconductor material
(a) Is positively charged (c) Has an electric field directed along its length
(b) Is electrically neutral (d) Acts as a dipole
Q.6 n-type silicon is obtained by doping silicon with
(a) Germanium (b) Aluminium (c) Boron (d) Phosphorus
Q.7 The conductivity of a semiconductor crystal due to any current carrier is NOT proportional to
(a) Mobility of the carrier (b) Effective density of states in the conduction band
(c) Electronic charge (d) Surface states in the semiconductor
Q.8 Consider the following statements for an n – type semiconductor:
1. Donor level ionization decrease with temperature
2. Donor level ionization increases with temperature.
3. Donor level ionization in independent of temperature.
4. Donor level ionization increases as (donor energy) moves towards the conduction band at a given
temperature
Which of these statements(s) is/are correct?
(a) 1 only (b) 2 only (c) 2 and 4 (d) 3 only
If an electric field is applied to an n-type semiconductor bar, the electrons and holes move in opposite directions due
to their opposite charges. The net current is
1. Due to both electrons and holes with electrons as majority carriers.
2. The sum of electron and hole currents.
3. The difference between electron and hole current.
(a) 1 alone (b) 1 and 2 (c) 2 alone (d) 3 alone
Q.10 The units of ( ) are
(a) V (b) (c) J (d) J/K
Q.11 A conductor carriers a current of 4 A and if magnitude of charge of an electron Coulomb, then the
number of electrons which flow past the cross section per second is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.12 If in intrinsic germanium at 300 K ( ) the charge concentration and nobilities of free electrons and holes are
per cc, and respectiely, then its resistivity at 300 K is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.13 A semiconductor specimen of breadth d, width w and carrying current I is placed in a magnetic field B to develop
Hall voltage in a direction perpendicular to I and B. is NOT proportional to
(a) B (b) I (c) I/w (d) I/d
Q.14 As the Fermi energy of silver is joule, the velocity of the fastest electron in silver at 0 K (Given: Rest
mass of electron ) is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.15 Electron mobility and life time in a semiconductor at room temperature are respectively / (V-s) and 340 .
The diffusion length is
(a) 3.13 mm (b) 1.77 mm (c) 3.5 mm (d) 3.13 cm
Q.16 Which of the following statements relate to the Hall effect?
1. A potential difference is developed across a current – carrying metal strip when the strip is placed in a transverse
magnetic field.
2. The hall effect is very weak in metals but is large in semiconductors.
3. The Hall effect is very weak in semiconductors but is large in metals.
4. It is applied in the measurement of the magnetic field intensity
(a) 1, 2 and 3 (b) 2 and 4 (c) 1, 3 and 4 (d) 1, 2 and 4
Q.17 Match List I with List II select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List I List II
A. Drift current 1. Law of conservation
B. Einstein‟s equation 2. Electric field
C. Diffusion current 3. Thermal voltage
D. Continuity equation 4. Concentration gradient
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 1 4 3
b) 4 3 2 1
c) 4 1 2 3
d) 2 3 4 1
Q.18 An n-type silicon bar 0.1cm long and in cross sectional area has a majority carrier concentration of
and the carrier mobility is at 300K. If the charge of an electron is C, then the
resistance of the bar is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.19 Which of the following will serve as a donar impurity in silicon?
(a) Boron (b) Indium (c) germanium (d) Antimony
Q.20 The electron concentration in a sample of uniformly doped n-type silicon at 300k varies linearly from at X
= 0 at at X = 4mm. Assume a situation that electrons are supplied to keep this concentration gradient
constant with time. Electronic charge is and the diffusion constant . If no electric field
is present, the current density in the Si is
(a) zero (b) (c) (d)
Q.21 The ratio of minority to majority diffusion coefficient for germanium is
(a) 2 (b) 0.5 (c) 3 (d) 0.33
Q.22 The intrinsic carrier concentration of silicon sample at 300 K is . If after doping, the number of
majority carriers is , the minority carrier density is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.23 One of the semiconductor junction diode has a relatively much higher dopant concentration
(a) Varactor (b) Tunnel diode (c) Zener diode (d) Schottky barrier diode
Q.24 At 300 K, for a diode current of 1 mA, a certain germanium diode requires a forward bias of 0.1435 V, whereas a
certain silicon diode requires a forward bias of 0.718 V. Under the conditions stated above, the closed approximation
of the ratio of reverse saturation current in germanium diode to that in silicon diode is
(a) 1 (b) 5 (c) (d)
Q.25 Peak Inverse Voltage (PIV) of a semiconductor diode is the
a) Maximum voltage the diode can withstand in the forward biased condition
b) Maximum voltage the diode can withstand in the reverse biased condition
c) The voltage across the diode in the reverse biased condition
d) The voltage across the diode in the forward biased condition
Q.26 The dynamic resistance of a semiconductor diode in forward biased is
(a) Same as its static resistance (c) Much smaller than its static resistance
(b) Much larger than its static resistance (d) Typically few ohms
Q.27 The temperature co-efficient of the break down voltage of zener diodes on the avalanche break down is
(a) Negative (b) Positive (c) Near zero (d) Very high
Q.28 A tunnel diode
(a) Is a current controllable device (c) Has a cut-in voltage of 0.2 V
(b) Is a voltage controllable device (d) None of these
Q.29 A breakdown that occurs in the reverse bias conditions in narrow junction diodes is
(a) Based on zener breakdown effect (c) Independent of temperature
(b) Based on avalanche breakdown effect (d) A very strong function of temperature
Q.30 The diffusion capacitance of a p-n junction diode
a) Increases exponentially with forward bias voltage
b) Decreases exponentially with forward bias voltage
c) Decreases linearly with forward bias voltage
d) Increases linearly with forward bias voltage
Q.31 The reverse current of a silicon diode is
(a) Highly bias voltage sensitive (c) Both bias voltage and temperature sensitive
(b) Highly temperature sensitive (d) Independent of bias voltage and temperature
Q.32 In switching diode fabrication, a dopant is introduced into silicon which introduces additional trap levels in the
material thereby reducing the mean life time of carriers. This dopant is
(a) Aluminium (b) Platinum (c) Gold (d) copper
Q.33 The depletion region in a semiconductor p-n junction diode has
(a) Electrons and holes (c) Neither electrons nor ions
(b) Positive and negative ions on either side (d) No holes
Q.34 When a junction diode is used in switching applications, the forward recovery time is
a) Of the order of the reverse recovery time
b) Negligible in comparison to the reverse recover time
c) Greater than the reverse time
d) Equal to the mean carrier life time for the excess minority carriers
Q.35 Refer to the diode‟s V-I, characteristics shown in fig. The static resistance of the forward biased diode would be
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( )

Q.36 The static characteristic of an adequately forward biased p-n junction is a straight line, if the plot is of
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.37 Depletion capacitance in a diode depends on
1. Applied junction voltage
2. Junction built – in potential
3. Current through junction
4. Doping profile across the junction
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 1 and 3 (c) 1, 2 and 4 (d) 2, 3 and 4
Q.38 A one-sided abrupt junction has per of dopants on the lightly doped side, zero bias voltage and a built in
potential of 0.2 V. the depletion width of the abrupt junction ( and
) is
(a) 0.036 mm (b) (c) (d) 1.5 mm
Q.39 The ac resistance of a forward biased p-n junction diode operating at a bias voltage „V‟ and carrying current „I‟ is
(a) Zero (b) A constant value independent of V and I
(c) (d)
Q.40 The most common commercially available tunnel diodes are made from
(a) Silicon (b) germanium (c) Indium (d) Any of the above
Q.41 In an abrupt p-n junction the doping concentration on the p-side and n-side are and
respectively. The p-n junction is reverse biased and total depletion width is . The depletion width on the p-side is
(a) (b) 0.3 (c) (d) 0.75
Q.42 The current I in a forward biased P-N junction shown in figure (I) is entirely due to diffusion of holes from to
, The injected hole concentration distribution in the n-region is linear as shown in figure
(2) with ( ) and .
Determine:
(A) The current density in the diode a assuming that the diffusion coefficient of holes is .
(a) 19.2 mA/ (b) (c) (d)
(B) The velocity of holes in the n-region at .
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.43 Given that at forward current of 1 mA is 0.8 mF. Its value for a current of 4 mA is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.44 A Silicon PN junction diode under reverse bias has depletion region of width . The relative permittivity of
Silicon, and the permittivity of free space . The depletion capacitance of the diode
per square meter is
(a) (b) 10 (c) 1 (d) 20
Q.45 Consider an abrupt p-n junction. Let be the built in potential of this junction and be the applied reverse bias. If
the junction capacitance ( ) is 1pF for ( ) then for ( ) , will be
(a) 16 pF (b) 4 pF (c) 0.25 pF (d) 0.5 pF
Q.46
In the circuit the input has positive and negatives swings. is the output.
(a)
(b) for positive
(c) for
(d) for all
A power supply uses bridges rectifier with capacitor input filter. If one of the diode is defective, then
1. The dc load voltage will be lower than its expected value
2. Ripple frequency will be lower than its expected value
3. The surge current will increase manifold
Of these statements
(b) 1 and 3 are correct (d) 1, 2and 3 are correct
Q.48 The function of a bleeder resistor in a rectifier with LC filter is to
a) Maintain the minimum current through C
b) Maintain the minimum current is necessary for optimum inductor operation
c) Maintain maximum current through L
d) Charge the capacitor C to maximum value
Q.49 If the input ac is 10 V rms, the maximum voltage that will appear across the diode of a half – wave rectifier with a
capacitor input filter will be
(a) 10 V (b) 14 V (c) 20 V (d) 28 V
Q.50 In order to rectify sinusoidal signals of millivolt range ( ).
a) Bridge rectifier using diodes can be employed
b) Full wave diode rectifier can be used
c) A diode is to be inserted in the feedback loop of an OP-AMP
d) A diode is to be inserted in the input of an OP-AMP
Q.51 In switching devices, gold doping is used to
(a) Improve bonding (c) Increase the mobility of the carrier
(b) Reduce storage time (d) Protect the terminals against corrosion
Q.52 In an LC filter, the ripple factor
(a) Increase with the load resistance (c) Remains constant with the load current
(b) Increase with the load resistance (d) Has the lowest value
1. Maintain minimum current necessary for optimum inductor filter operation.
2. Work as voltage divider in order to provide variable output from the supply.
3. Provide discharge to capacitors so that output becomes zero when the circuit has been de-energised.
Q.54 As compared to a full-wave rectifier using two diodes, the four diode bridge rectifier has the dominant advantage of
(a) Higher current carrying capacity (c) Lower ripple factor
(b) Lower peak inverse voltage requirement (d) Higher efficiency
Q.55
The output wave from is
A clamper circuit
1. Adds or subtracts a dc voltage to or from a waveform.
3. Amplifies the waveform.
Of these statements
Q.57 The use of a capacitor filter in a rectifier circuit gives satisfactory performance only when the load
(a) Current is high (b) Current is low (c) Voltage is high (d) voltage is low
Q.58 For full wave rectification, a four diode bridge rectifier is claimed to have the following advantages over a two diode
circuit:
(1) less expensive transformer,
(2) Smaller size transformer, and
(3) Suitability for higher voltage application.
Of these,
(a) Only 1 and 2 are true (c) Only 2 and 3 are true
(b) Only 1 and 3 are true (d) 1, 2 and 3 are true
Q.59
In the figure is the input and the output .

(a) The circuit clipps off the input .
(b) The circuit clipps off the into for
(c) The negative swings of are only clipped off.
(d) The output always.
Q.60 A zener diode in the circuit shown in fig. has a knee current of 5 mA, and a maximum allowed power dissipation of
300 mW. What are the minimum and maximum load currents that can be drawn safely from the circuit, keeping the
output voltage constant at 6 V?
Q.61 In the circuit shown in the Zener voltage = , , is the output
(a) For | | (c) For | |
(b) For | | (d) For for all
Q.62 Following are the three statements regarding zener diode regulator. Which of them is incorrect?
(i) it is a simple circuit, light weight, more reliable and provides regulation over a wide range of current
(ii) As there is power dissipation in series resistor and the diode. It results in poor efficiency
(iii) The stabilised output is independent of zener breakdown voltage and can be varied
(a) Only 1 (b) only 2 (c) only 3 (d) All are incorrect
Q.63 A single-phase diode bridge rectifier is connected to a load resistor of 50Ω. The source voltage is
where radiant/second. The power dissipated in the load resistor is
(a) (b) (c) 400 W (d)
Q.64 The 6V zener diode shown in figure has zero zener resistance and a knee current of 5mA. The minimum value of R
so that the voltage across it does not fall below 6V is
(a) 1.2 kW (b) 80 W (c) 50 W (d) 0 ohms

Q.65 The waveshape of in figure below
Will be
Q.66 For the circuit given in fig. assuming ideal diode, the output waveform is
Q.67 The transfer characteristic of the network‟s shown in the given figure is represented as
Q.68 The ripple factor of a power supply is given by (symbols have the usual meaning)
(a) (b) √( ) (c) √( ) (d)
Q.69 Consider the following rectifier circuits for low load:

1. Half-wave rectifier without filter.
2. Full-wave rectifier without filter.
3. Full – wave rectifier with series inductance filter.
4. Full-wave rectifier with capacitance filter.
(a) 1, 2, 3, 4 (b) 3, 4, 1, 2 (c) 1, 2, 4, 3 (d) 3, 2, 1, 4
Q.70 A voltage of 200 cos 100t is applied to a HWR with a load resistance of 5kΩ. The rectifier is represented by an ideal
diode in series with a resistance of 1 kΩ. The maximum value of current, d.c component of current and rms value of
current will be respectively
(a) 33.33 mA, 14.61; 16.67 mA (c) 28.33 mA, 14.61 mA, 13.33 mA
` (b) 33.33 mA, 10.61 mA; 16.67 mA (d) 40 mA, 20 mA, 25 mA
Q.71 In the circuit of fig. assume that the transistor is in active region. It has a large and its base-emitter voltage is 0.7 V.
The value of I is
(a) Indeterminate since is not given (b) 1 mA (c) 5 mA (d) 10 mA
Q.72 If a transistor is operating with both of its junctions forward biased, but with the collector base forward bias greater
than the emitter – base forward bias, then it is operating in the
(a) Forward active mode (c) Reverse active mode
(b) Reverse saturation mode (d) Forward saturation mode
Q.73 The common emitter short circuit current gain of a transistor
a) Is a monotonically increasing function of the collector current
b) Is a monotonically decreasing function of
c) Increase with for low , reaches a maximum and then decreases with further and then decreases with further
increases in
d) Is not a function of
Q.74 The internal resistance of a current source used in the model of a BJT while analyzing a circuit using BJT is
(a) Very high (b) Very low (c) Zero (d) of the order of few mega – ohms
Q.75 At , the collector emitter voltage drop of a silicon transistor at saturation is approximately
(a) 0.2 V (b) 0.3 V (c) 0.5 V (d) 0.7 V
Q.76 The reverse bias breakdown of high speed silicon transistors is due to
a) Avalanche breakdown mechanism at both the junctions
b) Zener breakdown mechanism at both the junctions
c) Zener breakdown mechanism at base collector
d) Zener breakdown mechanism at base emitter junction and avalanche breakdown mechanism at base collector
junction
Q.77 A bipolar transistor has the following listed specifications: maximum junction temperature = ,
. The transistor is used with a heat sink with transistor – to – heat sink – to – ambient thermal
resistance of W. for an ambient temperature of , the maximum power dissipation capability of their
transistor when used with heat sink is
(a) 10 watts (b) 30 watts (c) 12.5 watts (d) None of these
Q.78 When we say that a particular transistor package has a case-to-ambient thermal resistance of /Watt, it means that
in the absence of a heat sink, the transistor case temperature, for a power dissipation of 10 watts and an ambient
temperature of , would be
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.79 In a BJT, . Given the value of is given by
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.80 A bipolar junction transistor has a common base forward short circuit current gain of 0.99. Its common emitter
forward short circuit current gain will be
(a) 50 (b) 99 (c) 100 (d) 200
Q.81 Match the List shown below. For a transistor junction voltage at
List I List II
A. 1. 0.5
B. 2. 0.7
C. 3. 0.8
4.0.3
5. 0.2
6. 0.1
Codes:
A B C
a) 3 2 1
b) 3 5 6
c) 4 2 6
d) 4 5 6
Q.82 If and , then will be
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.83 In a transistor amplifier, the reverse saturation current
a) Doubles for every rise in temperature
b) Doubles for every rise in temperature
c) Increase linearly with temperature
d) Doubles for every rise in temperature
Q.84
In the circuit shown,

. The operating points is given by
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Q.85 If the transistors in figure have high values of and a of 0.65 volt, the current I, flowing through the 2 kiloohms
resistance will be
(a) 1 mA (b) 3.33 mA (c) 0 (d) 5 mA

Q.86
The n-p-n transistor circuit as shown in the above figure is in saturation. Given that and
( ) and , the value of will be
(a) 4.7 mA (b) 5.3 mA (c) 8.6 mA (d) 10 mA
Q.87 In the case of the circuit shown in the figure the collector current will be
(a) 2.26 mA (b) 1.85 mA (c) 0.375 mA (d) .185 mA
Q.88 In the circuit shown in the given figure, the reading of ammeter is 5 mA. Assuming transistor to be 100, the
reading of will be
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.89
In the circuit shown in the given figure, the approximate voltage at the transistor
(a) Base and emitter respectively are -8V and -7.3 V
(b) Base and collector respectively are -8 V and -5V
(c) Collector and emitter respectively are -5V and -7.3 V
(d) Base emitter and collector respectively are -8V and -7.3 V and -5 V
Q.90 If the transistor in Figure is in saturation then
(a) is always equal to (c) is greater than or equal to

(b) is always equal to (d) is less than or equal to
Q.91 Given that and , determine for the following network
(a) (b) 65.96 (c) 2.8 (d) 86.52
Q.92 Given an npn transistor for which at room temperature , CE configuration is used and
. What is minimum base current required in order than the transistor enter the saturation region.
(a) 0.03 mA (b) 0.04 mA (c) 0.05 mA (d) 0.06 mA

Q.93 Consider the transistor circuit shown below. at
(A) Find maximum allowable value of if the transistor is to remain cut off at . Assume ( )
(a) 80 kΩ (b) 84 kΩ (c) 80 kΩ (d) 76 kΩ

(B) If and , how high may the temperature increase before the transistor comes out of
cutoff.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.94 For the network shown below (Assume dc analysis)
(A) Find for the network
(a) (b) 25 (c) 30 (d) 35
(B) Find for the network
(a) 9 V (b) 11 V (c) 10 V (d) 12 V
Q.95 The best approximation for in the circuit shown in the figure will be (assume b to be high)
(a) 4 V (b) 6.8 V (c) 8.7 V (d) 15 V

Q.96 The transistor shown in figure below, is biased.
(a) Cut off (b) Saturation (c) active (d) None of these
Q.97 The approximate value of input impedance of a common emitter amplifier with emitter resistance is given by
(a) (b) ( ) (c) (d) ( )
Q.98 The h parameter equivalent circuit is the most common representation of the junction transistor because
(a) It is usable over the entire frequency band of interest to the transistor
(b) The parameters values correspond to input impedance, output admittance and current gain for the most common
applications of the transistor
(c) It represents the admittance parameters of the transistors
(d) It is most useful in the ON and OFF states of the transistor
Q.99 In which one of the following transistor configuration is the input impedance LEAST dependent on the load
resistance?
(a) CE (b) CB (c) CC (d) CE with unbypassed emitter resistance
Q.100 If is the source resistance, the output resistance of an emitter follower using the simplified hybrid model would be
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.101 A transconductance amplifier has

a) High input impedance and low output impedance
b) Low input impedance and high output impedance
c) High input and output impedances
d) Low input and output impedances
Q.102 In comparison with a common emitter amplifier, a common base amplifier typically has a,
(A) Low output (B) Lower input impedance
(C) Higher current gain (D) Higher bandwidth
(a) The all (b) A, B (c) C, D (d) B, D
Q.103 In regard to the features of the Cascode connection consider the statements:
3. There is negligible reverse feedback
4. Load should be smaller than for a CE amplifier
5. It provides a larger gain over a wider range of frequencies than the CE amplifier
Of the above five, the true statements are
(a) Only 1, 2 and 3 (b) Only 1, 3, 5 (c) Only 2, 3, 4 (d) Only 2, 3, 5
Q.104 In the circuit shown in the fig. N is a finite gain amplifier with a gain of k, a very large input impedance, and a very
low output impedance. The input impedance of the feedback amplifier with the feedback impedance Z connected as
shown will be
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( )

Q.105 the dc collector current of a BJT = 2 mA at room temperature where kT/q = 25 m volts. Given . The
value of is given by
(a) 12.5 ohms (b) 25 ohms (c) 1250 ohms (d) 2500 ohms
Q.106 In a CE amplifier with as collector load and as emitter to ground resistor, the voltage gain can be
approximated by
(a) provided (b) Provided large and
(c) Provided large and (d) provided is large and
Q.107 In the common emitter amplifier with given , the current gain
| | is given by
(a) 400 (b) 25 (c) 90 (d) 100
Q.108 Consider the following circuit configurations:
1. Common emitter. 2. Common base.
3. Emitter follower. 4. Emitter follower using Darlington pair.
The correct sequence in increasing order of the input resistances of these configurations is
(a) 2, 1, 4, 3 (b) 1, 2, 4, 3 (c) 2, 1, 3, 4 (d) 1, 2, 3, 4
Q.109
Figures given simple equivalent circuits for CE and CB transistor.

Given R = 2500 ohms, , the values of r and are respectively given by
(a) 2500 ohms and 0.99 (c) 2500 ohms and 100
(b) 25 ohms and 100 (d) 25 ohms and 0.99
Q.110
For the circuit shown in the figure the voltage gain is | | . Given is given by
(a) 100 (b) 80 (c) (d) 40
Q.111 For the transistor amplifier in the given figure, the voltage amplification is approximately
(a) 100 (b) 84 (c) .723 (d) -2

Q.112 In the circuit shown in the given figure, assume that the capacitor C is almost shorted for the frequency range of
interest of the input signal, Under this condition, the voltage gain of the amplifier will be approximately.
(a) 0.33 (b) 0.5 (c) 0.66 (d) 1

Q.113 The circuit diagram shown in the figure consists of transistors in:
(a) Parallel connection (b) Cascode connection (c) Darlington connection (d) Cascade connection
Q.114 The „h‟ parameters of the circuit shown in the figure are: and
The voltage gain is
(a) 0.999 (b) 1.98 (c) 2.0 (d) 400

Q.115 The basic emitter follower circuits is shown in the given figure without the biasing arrangement. The h-parameters of
the transistor are .
The output resistance of the circuit, is
(a) (b) 1 k (c) 20 k (d) 102 k
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) (d)
Q.117 An amplifier circuit is shown in the given figure

(a) (b) 100 (c) 150 (d) 160
1. The input impedance is very high.
2. The voltage gain is exactly equal to one.
Q.119 Match List I (Circuit name) with List II (Circuit diagram) and select the correct answer using the codes given below
the lists:
List I
Code
A B C D
a) 1 2 3 4
b) 2 1 3 4
c) 1 2 4 3
d) 2 1 4 3
1. The amplifier factor ( ) is most sensitive to changes in collector current, whereas the output impedance
parameter is least sensitive
2. Current gain of an amplifier is independent of the input impedance of the amplifier and the applied load
(a) Both statements are TRUE (c) 1 FALSE, 2 TRUE
(b) 1 TRUE, 2 FALSE (d) both FALSE
Q.121 In the CE amplifier with . Given , the current gain | | is given by
(a) 400 (b) 25 (c) 90 (d) 100
Q.122 (d.c. collector current) of a BJT = 2mA at room temperature where . Given , the value of
is given by
(a) 12.5Ω (b) 25 Ω (c) 1250 Ω (d) 2500 Ω
Q.123 Recognise the FET-type from the characteristic shown in fig.
(a) Depletion mode MOSFET (N-channel) (c) Depletion mode MOSFET (P-channel)
(b) Enhancement mode MOSFET (P-channel (d) Enhancement mode MOSFET (N-channel)
Q.124 Which basic FET amplifier configuration is also known as the „Source Follower‟ and which bipolar transistor
amplifier configuration it is analogous to?
(a) Common drain amplifier, Emitter follower (b) Common source amplifier, common emitter amplifier
(c) Common gate amplifier, common base amplifier (d) Common source amplifier, Emitter follower
Q.125 An N-channel enhancement MOSFET is usually in the OFF state and can be turned ON by applying an
(a) Appropriate positive voltage at the gate (b) Appropriate negative voltage at the gate
(c) Appropriate voltage (positive or negative) at the gate‟ (d) None of these
Q.126 Junction FETs
(a) Are better than MOSFETs when used as switches.
(b) Have a relatively higher input impedance when compared to MOSFETs
(c) Can be considered as depletion mode devices when compared to MOSFETs
(d) Can be considered as enhancement mode devices when compared to MOSFETs
Q.127 Identify the FET-type from the circuit symbol of fig.
(a) N-channel depletion MOSFET (c) P-channel depletion MOSFET

(b) N-channel enhancement MOSFET (d) JFET
Q.128 Compared to the junction transistor, FET
1. Has a larger gain bandwidth product
2. Is less noisy
3. Has less input resistance
4. Has only majority carrier flow
The correct statements are
Q.129 In the MOS transistors the gate source input impedance is
1. Lower than the input impedance of a BJT
2. Higher than the input impedance of a BJT
3. Lower than the input impedance of a JFET
4. Higher than the input impedance of a JFET
Select the correct answer using the codes given below
(a) 1 alone (b) 2 and 3 (c) 4 alone (d) 2 and 4
Q.130 The FET family which cannot be used with self bias is
(a) JFET (b) IGFET (c) D-MOSFET (d) E-MOSFET
Q.131 The output current versus input voltage transfer characteristic of an n-channel JFET is such that there is
a) Zero current flow at zero input voltage bias
b) Current flow only when a positive input threshold voltage is crossed
c) Current flow only when a negative input cut-off voltage bias is crossed
d) No-cut off input voltage
Q.132 An n-channel JFET has and . Its transconductance (in millimho) for an applied gate to
source voltage of -2V is
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.5 (c) 0.75 (d) 1.0
Q.133 The locus of pinch off voltage in an FET is
(a) Linearly increasing slope (c) Exponentially decaying
(b) Linearly decreasing slope (d) Parabolic
Q.134 In the figure shows the circuit symbol of
(a) FET (b) PMOSFET (c) CMOSFET (d) NMOSFET

Q.135 AJFET with and is used in the circuit shown in the figure. Assuming the device to be
operating in saturation
(A) Determine ?
(a) 1 mA (b) 2 mA (c) 3 mA (d) 4 mA

(B) Use the above obtained to find ?
(a) 1 V (b) 2 V (c) 3 V (d) 4 V
Q.136 FET tuned amplifier with has resonant impedance of 20k ohms. the gain at resonance is
given by
(a) 200 (b) 100 (c) 50 (d) 25
Q.137 When a reverse bias is applied to Gate of JFET the depletion region width
(a) Is uniform in the channel (c) Is wider near drain and tapers near source
(b) Is wider near source and tapers near drain (d) Is nil
(I) In an FET, the field is produced in the entire body of the transistor
(II) For an n channel JFET, the polarity of drain supply is negative and for P channel positive
(III) The channel of the JFET is more heavily doped than the regions around the gate.
(IV) The drain current is zero at pinch off voltage
Choose the correct alternative
(a) All are FALSE (c) Only (IV) is FALSE
(b) All are TRUE (d) I, II and III are FALSE
Q.139 The drain of an n-channel MOSFET is shorted to the gate so that . The threshold voltage of the
MOSFET is IV. If the drain current is 1mA for then for is
(a) 2 mA (b) 3 mA (c) 4 mA (d) 9 mA
Q.140 When the gate to source voltage ( ) of a MOSFET with threshold voltage of 400mV, working in saturation is
900mV, the drain current is observed to be 1mA. Neglecting the channel width modulation effect and assuming that
the MOSFET is operating at saturation, the drain current for an applied of 1400 mV is
(a) 0.5 mA (b) 2.0 mA (c) 3.5 mA (d) 4.0 mA
Q.141
For the circuit shown in the figure the feedback is

(a) Current series (b) Current shunt (c) voltage series (d) voltage shunt
Q.142 An amplifier without feedback has a gain of 1000. The gain with a negative feedback of 0.009 is
(a) 100 (b) 10 (c) 900 (d) 125
Q.143 The amount of feedback applied to an amplifier reduces the gain by a factor of 10. The bandwidth
(a) Decreases by a factor of 10 (c) Remains the same
(b) Increases by a factor of 10 (d) Is narrowed
Q.144 The nature of feedback in an inverting amplifier is
(a) Current shunt (b) Current series (c) Voltage series (d) Voltage shunt
Q.145 It is desired to reduce total harmonic distortion of an amplifier from 8% to 2% by use of 5% feedback. What is the
gain of the amplifier with original distortion and with reduces distortion?
(a) 60, 15 (b) 15, 90 (c) 6, 1.5 (d) 1.5, 6
Q.146 If an amplifier with gain of 1000 and feed back of had a gain change of 20% due to temperature, the
change is gain of the feedback amplifier would be
(a) 10% (b) 5% (c) 0.2% (d) 0.01%
Q.147 A circuit using an op-amp is shown in the given figure. It has
(a) Voltage series feedback (c) Current shunt feedback

(b) Voltage shunt feedback (d) Current series feedback
Q.148 Indicate the FALSE statement regarding negative feedback
a) Closed loop gain is always less than the open gain.
b) Input impedance is always greater than the output impedance
c) The open loop gain falls to zero decibel at a frequency equal to unity gain crossover frequency
d) Closed loop bandwidth is always greater than the open loop bandwidth.
Q.149 The Emitter follower configuration inherently has a
(a) Current series feedback (c) Voltage-series feedback
(b) Voltage-shunt feedback (d) None of these
Q.150 In a CE amplifier, the effect of an unbypassed is to increase the input resistnace. This happens because
1. The system tends towards an ideal CVS
2. Both input and output currents flow through
3. The fed back quantity is a voltage
4. The fed back quantity is a current
(a) only 1, 2 (b) only 3, 4 (c) only 2, 3 (d) only 1, 4
Q.151 An amplifier has a gain of . Negative feedback is provided such that the gain variation is within 0.1%.
Then the amount of feedback is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.152 A transistor amplifier has voltage gain of ( ) and . Negative voltage feedback with is applied using
unbypassed . with feedback is
(a) (b) (c) 20 k ohms (d) 10 k ohms
Q.153 An amplifier has and = 40 K, . The amplifier is modified to provide 10% negative voltage
feedback in series with input. The value of and (i.e. with feedback) respectively are (in ohms)
(a) 2 K and 40 K (b) 20 K and 4 K (c) 0.2 K and 400 K (d) 16 K and 5 K
Q.154 An amplifier has an open loop gain of 100, an input impedance of , and an output impedance of 100Ω. A
feedback network with a feedback factor of 0.99 is connected to the amplifier in a voltage series feedback mode. The
new input and output impedances, respectively, are
(a) and 1 Ω (b) 10 Ω and 10 k Ω (c) 100 k Ω and 1 Ω (d) 100 k Ω and 10 k Ω
Q.155 Match the following
Types of feedback Amplifier Input Resist Output Resist
(A) Voltage-Series (P) Increases Increases
(B) Voltage – shunt (Q) Decreases Increases
(C) Current-Series (R) Decreases Decreases
(D) Current – Shunt (S) Increases Decreases
Codes:
A B C D
a) S R P Q
b) R S P Q
c) P Q R S
d) P Q S R
Q.156 An amplifier with an initial open-loop gain of 400 is used as a negative feedback amplifier. The feedback factor is
0.05. If the gain of the amplifier factor is 0.05. If the gain of the amplifier changes by 10% due to temperature, then
the closed-loop gain will change approximately by
(a) 0.05% (b) 0.1% (c) 0.5% (d) 1%
Q.157 The voltage gains of amplifier without feedback and with negative feedback respectively are 100 and 20. The
(a) 4% (b) 5% (c) 20% (d) 80%
Q.158
The type of feedback used in the following diagram is
(a) Voltage series feedback (c) Voltage shunt feedback
(b) Current series feedback (d) current shunt feedback
Q.159 An amplifier without feedback has a voltage gain of 50, input resistance of 1k Ω and output resistance of 2.5k Ω. The
input resistance of the current shunt negative feedback amplifier using the above amplifier with a feedback factor of
0.2, is
(a) 1/11 k Ω (b) 1/5 k Ω (c) 5 k Ω (d) 11 k Ω
Q.160 Figure shows the circuit diagram of a Wien bridge oscillator using an op amp.
The frequency of oscillation if given . To have the system oscillate the ratio should be
(a) 0.5 (b) 29 (c) 2 (d) Any value

Q.161 The minimum value of of a transistor to be used in three sections R – C phase shift oscillator is
(a) 54.4 (b) 45.4 (c) 44.5 (d) 29
Q.162 The primary advantage of a crystal oscillator is that
(a) It can oscillate at any frequency (b) It givens a high output voltage‟
(c) Its frequency of oscillator remains almost constant (d) It operates on a very low dc supply voltage
Q.163 In every practical oscillator, the loop gain is slightly larger than unity and the amplitude of the oscillations is limited
by the
(a) Magnitude of the loop gain (c) Magnitude of gain of the amplifier
(b) Onset if non-linearity (d) Feedback transmission factor
Q.164 Which one of the following circuits is most suitable as an oscillator at a frequency of 100 Hz?
(a) Hartley oscillator (b) Colpitts Oscillator
(c) Crystal oscillator (d) Feedback transmission factor
Q.165 In regard to Wien bridge oscillator which is NOT correct
a) The bridge is unbalanced so that the amplitude of oscillations can be stabilised
b) At the frequency of oscillation the bridge is exactly balanced
c) In the bridge arms containing only resistors, any of the resistors is temperature sensitive to stabilise the
amplitude of oscillations
d) At the frequency of oscillations the gain is exactly 3
Q.166 Match List I (name of the circuit) with List II (Characteristics) and select the correct answer using the codes given
below the lists:
List I List II
A. Tunnel diode oscillator 1. Produces high current pulses of short
B. UJT oscillator 2. An LC oscillator used for generation of sinewave at RF
C. Hartley 3. A negative oscillator resistance oscillator for MW frequency
D. Blocking 4. Uses negative oscillator resistance property for the generation of
sawtooth waveform
Codes:
A B C D
a) 3 2 1 4
b) 1 2 4 3
c) 3 4 2 1
d) 4 3 1 2
Q.167
In the circuit of the relaxation oscillator shown in the given figure, what will be the change in the voltage waveform
across capacitor, if the voltage V is doubled?
(a) The amplitude as well as the frequency of the waveform will get doubled.
(b) The amplitude will get doubled but the frequency will reduce to half its value
(c) The amplitude well get doubled but the frequency will remain unchanged.
(d) The amplitude well remain unchanged but the frequency will get double.
Q.168 Match List I (Oscillator) with List II (Characteristics/Features) and select the correct answer using the codes given
below the lists:
List I List II
A. Wien bridge 1. RF oscillator: two inductances and one capacitance on the reactance network
B. Colpitt‟s 2. LC oscillator for RF Frequency: three capacitances and one inductance in the
reactance network
C. Hartley 3. RC oscillator for audio frequency applications
D. Clapp 4. RF oscillator: two capacitances and one inductance as the reactance network
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 1 4 3
b) 2 4 1 3
c) 3 4 1 2
d) 3 1 4 2
Q.169 RC network shown in the given figure can provide a maximum theoretical phase shift of
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.170 for a phase – shift oscillator using FET to oscillate, the of the FET should be
(a) Less than 29 (b) Greater than 29 (c) Less than 44.5 (d) Greater than 44.5
Q.171 Following are the analogies drawn between electrical and mechanical equivalent of piezoelectric crystal use as crystal
oscillator.
Electrical equivalent Mechanical equivalent
1. Inductor L MASS
2. Capacitor C Compliance (spring constant)
3. Resistor R Viscous-damping factor
Which of the above analogies is incorrect
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) All are correct
Q.172 Consider the following statements regarding a CE amp. It can be converted into an oscillator by
2. Phase shifting the O/P by and feeding this phase shifted output to be input
3. Using only a series shifted circuit as a load on the amplifier
Q.173 For the given crystal oscillator. Find
For
C = 1 pf
Where , are parallel and series resonant frequencies.
(a) 1.02 (b) 1.01 (c) 1 (d) 0.99
Q.174 A colpitts oscillators has a coil with an inductance of 50 mH and is tuned by a capacitor of 300 pf across the amplifier
input and 100 pf across the output. Find the frequency of oscillation and minimum gain for maintaining oscillation
(a) 2.6 MHz, 2 (b) 5.2 MHz, 3 (c) 2.6 MHz, 3 (d) 5.2 MHz, 2
Q.175 A transistor with a small signal CE short circuit current gain less than cannot be used in 3RC section phase – shift
oscillator network
(a) 44.5 (b) 29 (c) 43.5 (d) 2.7
Q.176 Which one of the following statements is true of phase shift type and wien‟s bridge type RC oscillators.
(a) Both use positive feedback.
(b) The former uses positive feedback and negative feedback.
(c) The former uses both positive and negative feedback, whereas the latter uses positive feedback only
(d) Both use negative feedback
Q.177 The input impedance of a good operational amplifier (op amp) is expected to be of the order of
(a) a few ohms (b) 1 kΩ (c) 10 kΩ (d) >> than 100 kΩ
Q.178 An ideal OP-AMP is used to make an inverting amplifier. The two input terminals of the OP-AMP are at the same
potential because
(a) The two input terminals are directly shorted internally
(b) The input impedance of the OP – AMP isinfinity
(c) The open loop gain of the OP – AMP is infinity
(d) CMRR is infinity
Q.179
The op – amp as shown in the above figure, has a gain of 100. The value of is
(a) 10 K (b) 10.1 K (c) 20 K (d) 100 M
Q.180 The op – amp is an example of
(a) VCVS (b) VCCS (c) CCVS (d) CCCS
Q.181 The op-amp of the circuit shown in the figure has a unity gain frequency of 1 MHz the cut off frequency of the
feedback amplifier is
(a) 100 kHz (b) 1 MHz (c) 10 MHz (d) 90 MHz

Q.182 What is meant by an internally and fully compensated op-amp?
a) This means that the op-amp has on-chip components which ensure that the op-amp is always stable, even in case
of 100% feedback.
b) This means that the op-amp‟s frequency response has already been extended to the maximum internally
c) This means that there is no need to connect an external compensation network
d) This means that IC‟s internal circuitry contains the compensation capacitance.
Q.183 The large signal bandwidth of an op – amp is limited by
(a) Its slew rate specification (c) CMRR
(b) Its Gain-bandwidth product (d) None of these
Q.184 The open loop gain of an op-amp may be as high as
(a) (b) 100 (c) 1000 (d)
Q.185 Under what condition will the instrumentation amplifier circuit given in the Figure possess highest CMRR? ( and
are source resistances)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.186 An OP-AMP has a slew rate of . The largest sinewave output voltage possible at a frequency of 1 MHz is
(a) (b) 5 volts (c) (d)
Q.187 An operational amplifier has a slew rate of 100 V/microsecond. For a frequency of 10 MHz, the maximum (peak)
value of the sine-wave output voltage will be
(a) 100 V (b) (c) 10 V (d)
Q.188 Consider the following circuit
The current in the above circuit will be
(a) ( )
(b) (c) (d) * +
Q.189 A differential amplifier is invariably used in the input stage of all op-amps. This is done basically to provide the op-
amps with a very high
(a) CMRR (b) Bandwidth (c) Slew rate (d) Open-loop gain
Q.190 The large signal bandwidth of an op-amp is limited by its
(a) Slew rate specification (c) CMRR specification
(b) Unity gain cross-over frequency specification (d) Open loop gain
Q.191 One of the following statements in reference to a unity gain noninverting buffer using an op-amp is incorrect.
Identify this statement
(a) It has extremely high input impedance, much higher than even its open loop input impedance
(b) Its input impedance is very high almost approaching its open loop input impedance magnitude
(c) The voltage gain is unity
(d) The input is applied to the non-inverting input.
Q.192 The SLEW RATE specification of an Op-amp is usually measured in
(a) Microvolts per second (c) Decibels
(b) Volts per microsecond (d) Volts per microvolt.
Q.193 The open loop gain of a certain op-amp falls to zero decibel at a frequency of 10 MHz. its transient response time is
therefore
(a) 35 nS (b) 350 nS (c) 100 nS (d) none of these
Q.194 One of the following op-amp type numbers is a comparator
(a) LM 710 (b) LM 741 (c) LM748 (d) LM 747
Q.195 One of the following type numbers is not an op-amp
(a) LM748 (b) LM340 (c) MC 1458 (d) LM319
Q.196
The op amp used in the circuit is ideal. The output is equal to

(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.197 The basic op – amp is ideal.
(A) Find the mathematical operation performed by the amplifier circuit I/P voltages are and and is the o/p
voltage
(a) Adder (b) Subtractor (c) Multiplier (d) Divider
(B) If and and are 3v and 5v respectively then. is
(a) 88 V (b) 8.8 V (c) 22 V (d) 16.5 V
Q.198 The Op-amp shown in figure below is ideal. √ . The phase angle between and at is
√
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.199 An op-amp has a unity gain bandwidth of 10 MHz. This op-amp is wired as an inverting amplifier with a closed loop
gain of 10. What is maximum usable input frequency if the gain error is not allowed to exceed 1 per cent.
(a) 1 MHz (b) 100 kHz (c) 10 kHz (d) None of these
Q.200 An op-amp has an open loop gain bandwidth . Its relation to closed loop gain bandwidth | | is
(a) | | (b) | | (c) | | (d) | |
Q.201 An op.amp has an offset voltage of 1mV and is ideal in all other respects. If this op.amp is used in the circuit shown
in figure, the output voltage will be (select the nearest value)
(a) 1 mV (b) 1 V (c) (d) 0 V

Q.202 The integrator given in figure produces an output voltage ( ) in response to an input voltage
( ) . The value of is
(a) 1.0 V (b) 0.8 V (c) 0.6 V (d) 0.5 V

Q.203 The given figure shows a computational circuit using op-amps. The value of in this circuit is
(a) (c)
(b) ( ) (d)
Q.204 The approximate input impedance of the OP-AMP circuit shown in the given figure is
(a) Infinity (b) 120 K (c) 110 K (d) 10 K

Q.205 In the case of the circuit shown in the figure, dc maximum, the maximum possible output offset voltage
caused by the input offset voltage with respect to ground is:
(a) 60 mV dc (b) 110 mV dc (c) 130 mV dc (d) 150 mV dc

Q.206 For a sinusoidal input, the circuit shown in the figure will act as a
(a) Pulse generator (b) Full-wave rectifier (c) Ramp generator (d) voltage doubler
Q.207 The circuit shown in the figure represents a
(a) Low – pass filter (b) High-pass filter (c) Band-pas filter (d) Band-stop filter
Q.208 The op-amp configuration of fig. shall has gain of
(a) 11 (b) -11 (c) 10 (d) -10
Q.209
The op-amp as shown in the above figure, has a gain of -100. The value of is
(a) 10 K (b) 10.1 K (c) 20 K (d) 100 M
Q.210 The expected output voltage swing is 20 volts peak to peak in an amplifier built around an op-amp having a slew rate
of 314 The maximum signal frequency this op-amp can handle for the faithful reproduction of expected output
is
(a) 10 kHz (b) 3.14 kHz (c) 50 kHz (d) 100 kHz
Q.211 For the OP-AMP cascade shown in the given figure is
(a) -200 (b) 196 (c) 200 (d) 250

Q.212 The ratio of the output and input voltages for the given circuit is
(a) when S is open, ( ) when S is closed

(b) ( ) when S is open +1 when S is closed
(c) when S is open. ( ) when S is closed
(d) when S is open, ( ) when S is closed
Q.213 If the unity-gain bandwidth of the operational amplifier shown in the given figure is 4 MHz, then the bandwidth of
the amplifier will be
(a) 0.1 MHz (b) 0.8 MHz (c) 2 MHz (d) 4 MHz
Q.214 In the circuit shown in the given figure, the current flowing through resistance of would be
(a) 8 mA (b) 10 mA (c) 20 mA (d) 100 mA

Q.215 The into differential stage of op-amp 741 is biased at about 10 current. Such a low current of the input stage gives
1. High CMRR 2. High differential gain. 3. Low differential gain. 4. High input impedance
Q.216 A circuit is shown in the given figure. The largest value of that can be used. Such that BJT remains in active is
(a) 100 Ω (b) 400 Ω (c) 2 k Ω (d) 20 k Ω

Q.217 One of the op-amp configurations shown in fig. is the true voltage follower
(a) The one shown in fig. (D) (c) The one shown in fig (C)
(b) The one shown in fig. (A) (d) the one shown in fig. (B)
Q.218 Write the expression for the output voltage for the integrator circuit of fig.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.219 Write the expression for the output voltage for the differentiator circuit of fig.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.220 A given op-amp has an open loop gain of 110 dB and a CMRR rating of 106 dB. What should be the open loop
common mode gain of this op-amp
(a) It can not be determined from the given data (c) 216 dB
(b) 4 dB (d) 110 dB
Q.221 A certain general purpose op-amp has PSRR specification of 100 dB. This implies that a one volt change in the
power supply will produce an input offset voltage change of
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.222 The output voltage of the given circuit is
(a) -100 V (b) -100 mV (c) 10 V (d) 10 mV

Q.223 A 741 type op-amp has a gain – bandwidth product of 1MHz. A non-inverting amplifier using this op-amp and
having a voltage gain of 20 dB will exhibit a -3 dB bandwidth of
(a) 50 kHz (b) 10 kHz (c) 100 kHz (d)
Q.224 If the op-amp in figure is ideal, the output voltage will be equal to
(a) 3 V (b) 6 V (c) 9 V (d) 36 V

Q.225 Find the O/P voltage of the following circuit assuming ideal op-amp behaviour
(a) 2V (b) 4 V (c) 8 V (d) 16 V

Q.226 Assume the op-amp is ideal.
If (reverse saturation current for transistor) = 1 pA
And thermal voltage then what is the value of the output voltage for an input voltage ?
(a) 12 V (b) 0.69 V (c) (d) 1V
( )
Q.227 (A) For the circuit shown in figure below, determine
( )
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( )
(B). If the value of is 100 K ohm and R is 10 K ohm, determine the value of C to obtain a phase shift of
between and for an input frequency of .
(a) 0.001 (b) (c) (d)
Q.228 A differential amplifier (equal values in both collectors) . The common
mode gain is given by
(a) 1500 (b) 20 (c) 0.2 (d) 0.1
Q.229 The following op-amp circuit behaves as
(a) Regenerative comparator (c) Logarithmic amplifier
(b) Zero crossing detector (d) Sample and hold circuit
Q.230 Determine the output voltage of an op-amp for an input voltages of . The amplifier has a
differential gain of and the value of CMRR = .
(a) 40 mV (b) 45 mV (c) 1 mV (d) 0.1 mV
Q.231 Assume the op-amp to be ideal. The current I through the 1k-W resistor is
(a) -2 mA (b) -4 mA (c) -6 mA (d) -8 mA

Q.232 Find output voltage for the following circuit
(a) (b) (c) V (d)
Q.233 A class-B push-pull power amplifier uses two transistor each having a power dissipation capacity of 2 watts. The
maximum power that the circuit can deliver to the load without extending the power dissipation capacity of the
transistors is
(a) 1 watt (b) 2 watt (c) 5 watt (d) 10 watt
Q.234 The dissipation at the collector is in the quiescent state and increase with excitation in the case of a
(a) Class A series –fed amplifier (c) class AB amplifier
(b) Class A transistor coupled amplifier (d) Class B amplifier
Q.235 A push pull amplifier suppresses
(a) Only the second harmonic component (c) Only the even harmonic component
(b) Only the odd harmonic components (d) both odd and even harmonic components
A class – B amplifier
1. Is biased just at cut off
2. Has a high theoretical efficiency of 78.5% because its quiescent current is low.
3. Is biased at the mid point of load time.
(a) 2 alone 3 are correct (b) 1 alone is correct (c) 2 alone is correct (d) 1 and 2 are correct
Q.237 If ( ) is the maximum power dissipation capability of the transistor, then the maximum AC power ( ) that a class
A amplifier using this transistor can deliver to the load is given by
(a) (b) (c) (d) √

√
Q.238 In connection with transistors operated in class B and class AB, consider the following statements.
1. In class B for low signal voltages at the base, the collector current is zero
2. In class AB, with no signal the dc power drawn is zero
3. The power efficiency in class AB is higher than in class B
4. In class B there is crossover distortion
Of these, the true statements are:
(a) Only 1, 2 (b) Only 3, 4 (c) Only 2, 3 (d) Only 1, 4
Q.239 tuned radio frequency amplifiers generally utilize
Q.240 A power amp delivers 12.5 W output at 50% collector efficiency. The ambient temperature is . If the maximum
allowable junction temperature is , then the maximum thermal resistnace that can be tolerated is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.241 Match List I (class of amplifiers) with List II (Angle of conduction) and select the correct answer using the codes
List I List II
A. Class A 1. Less than
B. Class B 2.
C. Class AB 3. Greater than
D. Class C 4. Usually to
Codes:
A B C D
a) 2 3 4 5
b) 4 5 2 3
c) 4 2 3 1
d) 1 2 3 4
Q.242
The above figure shows a class B amplifier. Given that and is sinusoidal voltage of
peak value 4 V, the average power drawn by the two supply voltage together will be approximately
(a) 2 W (b) 4 W (c) 6 W (d) 8 W
(a) Class A operation (b) Class B operation (c) Class C operation (d) Class AB operation
Q.244 Consider the following statements regarding the time base voltage of an oscilloscope:
It can be generate using
(1) Miller sweep circuit (3) Time delay circuit
(2) Boot strap integrator circuit (4) A controlled circuit.
Of these statements
(a) 1, 2 and 3 are corrects (c) 2 and 4 are correct
Q.245 What is the hysteresis voltage for the Schmitt trigger circuit shown in the given figure, if
(a) volts (b) (c) 1.00 volts (d) 0.90 volts

Q.246 In a bistable multivibrator, commutating capacitors are used to
(a) Increase the base storage charge (c) Increase the speed of response
(b) Provide ac coupling (d) Alter the frequency of the output
Q.247
Figure shows a Schmitt trigger circuit using Op-amp. The output is limited to +10 V and -5V connecting suitably
chosen Zener diodes at the output. The lower and upper trigger voltages are respectively
(a) and + 0.5 V (c) -1 V and -0.5 V
(b) (d) +0.5 V and +1.0 V
Q.248 The Hysteresis phenomenon in Schmitt
Trigger has the following features:
1. It is due to negative feedback.
2. Speed of response is achieved.
3. In the inverted mode, the circuit triggers at a higher voltage for increasing signals than for decreasing signals
4. Noise signal voltages greater than are cut off, where is the Hysteresis voltage
5. Slowly varying signals are converted to output waveform with abrupt changes at two specified levels of input
signals
Of these five statements, the true statements are
(a) 2 and 3 only (b) 2, 3 and 5 only (c) 2, 3 and 4 only (d) 3 and 5 only
Q.249 In a Schmitt trigger using OP amplifier to . The positive input terminal voltage , where
. The signal is applied to v.
The following statements 1 to 4 are made regarding and

1. For negative and rising
2. For positive and decreasing
3. For decreasing through zero value
4. For increasing through zero value
Of these statements, the true statements are
Q.250
In the circuit shown, R = 1 MΩ (C = 0.5 ), is a step voltage of magnitude 0.5 volts, is given by
(a) volt (b) (c) (d)
Q.251 Figure shows a Miller sweep
. Sweep voltage . The sweep duration is given by
(a) 100 seconds (b) None of these (c) 5 seconds (d) None of these
Q.252 Which of the following pairs is/are correctly matched?
Waveform Circuitry and input signal
1. Triangular integrating circuit and wave square wave
2. Impulsive Differentiating circuit wave ans step signal
3. Saw tooth Differentiating circuit and step signal
(a) 2 and 3 (b) 1 and 2 (c) 1 alone (d) 1 and 3
Q.253 The given figure shown the application of 555 timer circuit as an a stable multivibrator. The charging discharging
time constants are respectively.
(a) and (c) ( ) and

(b) and ( ) (d) and
Q. 254 By proper selection of and , the circuit shown in the given figure can be used as a
(a) Ramp generator (c) Saw tooth generator

(b) Square wave generator (d) Sine wave generator
Q.255 In order to obtain pulses at the output of the circuit shown in the figure, the input should be
(a) Grounded (b) A square wave (c) A triangular wave (d) A trigger
Q.256 If the input to the circuit of figure is a sine wave the output will be a
(a) Half wave rectified sine wave (c) Triangular wave

(b) Full wave rectified sine wave (d) Square wave
Q.257 The value of coupling capacitor required in FET cascaded stages is
(a) The same as transistor (c) Higher than transistor
(b) Less than transistor (d) Immaterial
Q.258 When the OP-AMP circuit shown in the given figure behaves as a/an
(a) Inverting amplifier (c) Non-inverting amplifier

(b) Schmitt trigger (d) Voltage follower
Q.259 In the case of an amplifier, the normalised voltage gain is given by
Where is the zero frequency and is the pole frequency. For a standard frequency response of the amplifier,
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Consider the following statements:
I n order to increase the bandwidth of tuned amplifier, one can use
1. Tuned circuit with inductance having high Q factor
2. Double tuned amplifier with two tuned circuits coupled by mutual inductance.
3. Staggered tuned amplifier in which different tuned circuits which are cascaded are tuned to slightly different
frequencies.
(a) 1 alone is correct (b) 1 and 3 are correct (c) 2 and 3 are correct (d) 1, 2 and 3 are correct
Q.261 The voltage gain of a device is 6 dB. This means that the ratio of the amplitudes of the input to output will be
approximately
(a) 6 (b) 1/6 (c) 2 (d) ½
Q.262 For high speed operation which of the following parameters may have to be minimised?
1. Junction capacitance
2. Dynamic forward resistance
3. Depletion layer thickness
4. Charge storage
Choose the correct set of parameters using the codes giving below;
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 1, 2 and 3 (c) 1 and 4 (d) 2, 3 and 4
Q.263 A second order high pass active filter shall have at cut off frequency, a phase shift between input and output of
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.264 An amplifier has an input power of 2 microwatts. The power gain of the amplifier is 60 dB. The output power will be
(a) 6 microwatts (b) 120 microwatts (c) 2 milliwatts (d) 2 watts
Q.265 A tank circuit of R.F. amplifier has a coil of Q factor of 100. It is tuned to a frequency of 1 MHz. The bandwidth of
the circuit is
Q.266 The gain and input resistance of an amplifier in a boot strap circuit are respectively
(a) Unity and zero (b) Infinity and infinity (c) Unity and infinity (d) Infinity and zero
Q.267 For the high pass circuit to act as a differentiator, the time constant must be
(a) Small
(b) Very small in comparison to the time period of the input signal
(c) Very high in comparison to the time period of the input signal (that is low pass circuit)
(d) Of moderate value.
Q.268 A 1 ms plus can be stretched to 1 s plus by using
(a) An astable multivibrator (c) A bistable multivibrator
(b) A monostable multivibrator (d) A Schmitt trigger circuit
Q.269 If the Q of a single-stage single tuned amplifier is doubled, then its bandwidth will
(a) Remain same (c) Become double
(b) Become half (d) Become four times
Q.270 The circuit shown in fig is that of
(a) A non-inverting amplifier (c) An oscillator

(b) An inverting amplifier (d) A Schmitt trigger
Q.271 The lower and upper 3 db frequencies of a tuned amplifier‟s frequency response are 10 kHz and 12 kHz respectively.
The frequency response has Q-factor of
(a) 11 (b) 5.5 (c) 5 (d) 6
Q.272
In the OP amp. Circuit with Zener diodes connected as shown, where the Zener voltage is , is the input signal
and a reference voltage. The output is given thus:
(a) For (c)
(b) (d) None of these
Q.273 In the circuit shown in effect of the 1 pF capacitor on the gain calculations is to
(a) Increase the value of C by 1 pF (c) Increase the value of C by 41 pF

(b) Increase the value of C by 61 pF (d) Decrease the value of C by 59 pF
Q.274 The transfer function of an amplifier is given by
( )( )
The high 3-db frequency of the amplifier will be approximately

(a) 5850 kHz (b) 585 kHz (c) 5850 Hz (d) 585 Hz
Q.275 The RMS thermal noise voltage of three resistors individually are and . If these resistors are connected in
series, the total noise voltage is given by
(a) (c) √( )
(b) (√ √ √ ) (d) ( )
CHAPTER NO-5
ANALOG ELETRONICS QUESTIONS (GATE)
Q.1 The Mobility of an electron in a conductor expressed in terms of (GATE – 1999)
(a) (b) Cm/V – sec (c) (d)
Q.2 As temperature is increased, the voltage across a diode carrying a constant current. (GATE – 1999)
(a) Increases (b) Decreases
(c) Remains (d) May increase or decrease depending upon the doping levels in the junction
Q.3 The cutin voltage of both zener diode and D shown in Figure is 0.7 V, while breakdown voltage of the zener is 3.3
V and reverse break down of D is 50 V. The other parameters can be assumed to be the same as those of an ideal
diode. The values of the peak output voltage ( ) are (GATE – 2002)
a) 3.3 V in the positive half cycle and 1.4 V in the negative half cycle.
b) 4 V in the positive half cycle and 5 V in the negative half cycle.
c) 3.3 V in the both positive and negative half cycle.
d) 4 V in the both positive and negative half cycle.
Q.4 The forward resistance of the diode shown in figure is 5Ω and the remaining parameters are same as those of ideal
diode. The DC component of the source current is (GATE – 2002)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

√ √
Q.5 The current through the zener diode in the given circuit is (GATE – 2004)
(a) 33 mA (b) 3.3 mA (c) 2 mA (d) 0 mA

Q.6 Assume that and in figure are ideal diodes the value of current is (GATE –2005)
(a) 0 mA (b) 0.5 mA (c) 1 mA (d) 2 mA
Q.7 What are the states of the three ideal diodes of the circuit shown in figure? (GATE – 2006)
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.8 The equivalent circuits of a diode, during forward and reverse biased conditions are shown in figure. (GATE – 2008)
If such diodes are used in the clipper circuit of figure given above, the output voltage ( ) of the circuit will be
Q.9 The following CKT has a voltage source Vs as shown in the graph. The current through the circuit is also shown
(GATE – 2009)
The element connected between „a‟ and „b‟ could be
Q.10 Assuming that the diodes are ideal in the given circuit, the voltage is
(GATE – 2010)
(a) 4V (b) 5V (c) 7.5V (d) 12.12V

Q.11 The i-v characteristics of the diode in the circuit given below are (GATE – 2012)
{ }
The current in the circuit is
(a) 10 mA (b) 9.3 mA (c) 6.67 mA (d) 6.2 mA

Q.12 Figure shown below shows a common emitter amplifier. The quiescent collector voltage of the circuit is
approximately. (GATE – 1991)
(a) (b) 10 V (c) 14 V (d) 20 V
Q.13 In the transistor circuit shown in figure. Collector to ground voltage is +20V. Which of the following is the probable
cause of error? (GATE – 1994)
(a) Collector emitter terminals shorted (c) 10 KΩ resistor open

(b) Emitter to ground connection open (d) Collector base terminals shorted
Q.14 The depletion region (or) space charge region (or) transistor region in a semiconductor p – n junction diode has
(a) Electrons and holes (c) Positive and negative ions (GATE – 1996)
(b) Positive ions and electrons ions (d) Negative ions and holes
Q.15 One of the application of current mirror is (GATE – 1998)
(a) Output current limiting (c) Current feedback
(b) Obtaining a very high current gain (d) Temperature Stabilized biasing
Q.16 The enhancement type n-channel MOSFET is represent by the symbol (GATE – 1999)
Q.17 In the circuit of figure shown, assume that the transistor has and . The value of collector current
of the transistor is approximately (GATE – 2003)
(a) * + (b) * + (c) * + (d) * +
Q.18 Two perfectly matched „Si‟ transistors are connected as shown in figure. The value of the current I is
(GATE – 2004)
(a) 0 mA (b) 4.3 mA (c) 2.3 mA (d) 7.3 mA

Q.19 A bipolar junction transistor (BJT) is used as a power control switch by biasing it in the cutoff region (OFF) or in the
saturation region (ON‟ state). In the ON state, for the BJT (GATE – 2004)
a) The B – E junction and Base – collector junction are reverse biased
b) The B- ?E junction is R. B and Base Collector junction F.B
c) The B – E junction is F.B junction is F.B and Base collector junction R.B
d) Both B – E % B – C junctions are F.B
Q.20 Assume that N-channel MOSFET shown in figure is ideal and its threshold voltage is 1V, the voltage between
nodes „a‟ and „b‟ is (GATE – 2005)
(a) 5V (b) 2V (c) 1V (d) 0V

Q.21 The common emitter forward current gain of the transistor shown is transistor (GATE – 2007)
(a) Saturation region (c) Reverse active region

(b) Cut off region (d) Forward active region
Q.22 The three terminal linear voltage regulator is connected to a 10Ω load resistor as shown dissipated in the transistor?
(GATE – 2007)
(a) 0.6 W (b) 4.2 W (c) 2.4 W (d) 5.4 W

Q.23 In the transistor amplifier shown in figure, the ratio of small signal voltage gain when the emitter resistor is bypassed
by the capacitor „ ‟ to when it is not bypassed. (Assuming of simplified approximate h – parameter model for
transistor) is (GATE – 1996)
( ) ( )
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
Q.24 In the single stage transistor amplifier circuit shown in figure, the capacitor is removed then the ac small signal
midband voltage gain of the amplifier (GATE – 2001)
(a) Increases (b) Decreases (c) Is unaffected (d) Drops to zero

Q.25 In an RC coupled common Emitter amplifier which of the following is true? (GATE – 1992)
a) Coupling Capacitance affects the high frequency ( ) response and bypass capacitance affects Low frequency
( ) response
b) Both coupling and by pass capacitances affect the response only
c) Both coupling and by pass capacitances affect the response only.
d) Coupling Capacitance affects the response and the bypass capacitance affects the response.
Q.26 An ideal op Amp is used to make an inverting amplifier. The two input terminals of the op amp are at the same
potential because (GATE – 1992)
(a) The two input terminals are directly shorted internally (b) The input impedance of the op amp is infinity
(c) The open loop gain of the op amp is infinity (d) CMRR is infinity.
Q.27 Given figure, shows a non-inverting op amp summer with and the output voltage
(GATE – 1994)
Q.28 The common mode voltage of a unity gain (voltage follower) op amp buffer in terms of its output voltage
is - - - - - (GATE – 1995)
Q.29 A non inverting op amp amplifier is shown in figure. The o/p voltage is (GATE – 1996)
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these
Q.30 Let the magnitude of the gain in the inverting op amp amplifier circuit shown be x with switch open. When the
switch is closed, the magnitude of gain becomes. (GATE – 1996)
(a) (b) – (c) 2x (d)

Q.31 A major advantage of active filters is that they can be realized without using (GATE – 1997)
(a) OP amps (b) Inductors (c) Resistors (d) Capacitors
Q.32 The circuit shown in figure uses an ideal op amp working with +5V and -5V power supplies. The output voltage is
equal to (GATE – 2000)
(a) +5V (b) -5V (c) +1V (d) -1V
Q.33 The feedback factor for the circuit shown in fig. is (GATE – 2000)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.34 For the circuit shown in figure with an ideal op amp, the maximum phase shift of the output with reference to the
input vin is (GATE – 2003)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.35 For given sinusoidal input voltage, the voltage waveform at point P of the clamper circuit shown in figure will be
(GATE – 2006)
Q.36 The circuit shown in figure is (GATE – 2007)
(a) A voltage source with voltage (c) A current source with current
(b) A voltage source with voltage (d) A current source with current
Q.37 The nature of feedback in the op amp circuit shown is (GATE – 2009)
(a) Current - current feedback (c) Current Voltage feedback
(b) Voltage – Voltage feedback (d) Voltage – Current feedback
Q.38 Given that the op amp is ideal the O/P voltage is (GATE – 2010)
(a) 4V (b) 6V (c) 7.5V (d) 12.12 V

Q.39 A low pass filter with a cutoff frequency as 30 Hz is cascaded with a high pass filter with a cutoff frequency of 20Hz.
The resultant system of filters coil function as (GATE – 2011)
(a) all pass filter (b) An all stop filter (c) A band stop filter (d) A Band pass filter
Q.40 For the circuit shown below, the correct transfer characteristic is (GATE – 2011)
Q.41 In a common Emitter amplifier, the unbypassed emitter resistance provides (GATE – 1992)
(a) Voltage – shunt feedback (c) Negative – Voltage feedback
(b) Current – Series feedback (d) Positive – current feedback
Q.42 A Wein bridge oscillator is shown in figure. Which of the following statements are true if „f‟ is the frequency of
oscillation? (GATE – 1993)
(a) For
(b) For
(c) The gain of the op – amp stage should be less than two for proper operation
(d) The gain of the op amp should be three for proper operation
Q.43 A practical R.C. sinusoidal oscillator is built using a positive feedback amplifier with a closed loop gain slightly less
than unity. (TRUE/FALSE) (GATE – 1994)
Q.44 Given figure shows a two stage small signal transistor feedback amplifier. Match the defective component (listed on
the left hand side below) with its probable effect on the circuit (listed on the right hand side) (GATE – 1994)
List I List II
A. Capacitor is open P. All dc voltage normal increases marginally
B. Capacitor is open Q. Collector of TR2 at
C. Capacitor is open R. All dc voltages normal gain of 2nd stage decrease decrease
D. is shorted S. All dc voltage normal
T. All dc voltages normal, overall gain of the amplifier increases,
increases
U. No change
Q.45 An op amp has an open loop gain of and an open loop upper cutoff frequency of 10Hz. If this op amp is
connected as an amplifier with a closed loop gain of 100, then the new upper cutoff frequency is (GATE – 2001)
(a) 10 Hz (b) 100 Hz (c) 10 KHz (d) 100 KHz
Q.46 The feedback used in the circuit shown figure can be described as (GATE – 2004)
(a) Shunt – Series feedback (c) Series Shunt feedback

(b) Shunt – Shunt feedback (d) Series – Series feedback
Q.47 As shown in the figure, a negative feedback system has an amplifier of gain 100 with tolerance in the forward
path and an attenuator of value 9/100 in the feedback path. The overall system gain is approximately.
(GATE – 2010)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Two Marks Questions
Q.48 Figure shows as electronic voltage regulator the zener diode may be assumed to require a minimum current of 25 mA
for satisfactory operations. The value of R required for satisfactory voltage regulation of the circuit is
(GATE – 1991)
Q.49 A diode whose terminal characteristics are related as , where is the reverse saturation current and
is thermal voltage ( ) is biased at . Its dynamic resistance is - - - - - - (GATE – 2000)
(a) 25 Ω (b) 12.5 Ω (c) 50 Ω (d) 100 Ω
Q.50 In the single phase diode bridge rectifier shown in figure, the load resistor is R = 50 Ω. The source voltage is V = 200
sin , where . The power dissipated in the load resistor R is (GATE – 2002)
(a) (b) 400 W (c) (d) 800 W
Q.51 A voltage signal is applied to the circuit with ideal diodes as shown in figure. The max and minimum
values of the output waveform of the circuit are respectively (GATE – 2003)
(a) +10 V and -10V (b) +4V and -4V (c) +7V and -4V (d) +4V and -7V
Q.52 Assuming that the diodes are ideal in figure the current in the diode is (GATE – 2004)
(a) 8 mA (b) 5 mA (c) 0 mA (d) -3 mA

Q.53 Assuming the diodes and of the circuit shown in the figure to be ideal ones, the transfer characteristics of the
circuit coil be (GATE – 2006)
Q.54 In the voltage doubler circuit shown in figure, the switch „S‟ is closed at . Assuming diodes & to be ideal,
load resistance to be infinite and initial capacitor voltage s to be zero, the steady state voltage across capacitors &
will be (GATE – 2008)
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.55 A clipper circuit is shown below (GATE – 2011)
Assuming forward voltages drops of the diodes to be 0.7V, the input output transfers characteristics of the circuit is
Q.56 A NPN Si transistor is meant for low current audio amplification. Match its following characteristics against their
values. (GATE – 1998)
Characteristics Values
(A) (P) 0.7 V
(B) (Q) 0.2 V
(C) (R) 6 V
(S) 50 V
Q.57 In the circuit of figure, the value of the base current will be (GATE – 2000)
(a) (b) 18.2 (c) 26.7 (d) 40

Q.58 An N-channel JFET having a pinch off voltage ( ) of -5V shows a Transconductance (gm) of 1 mA/V when the
applied Gate to source voltage ( ) is -3V. Its maximum Transconductance (in mA/V) is (GATE – 2001)
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.0 (c) 2.5 (d) 3.0
Q.59 For the n-channel enhancement MOSFET shown in figure, the threshold voltage . The drain current ` of
the MOSFET is 4 mA when the drain resistance is 1 k . If the value of is increased to 4kΩ, the drain current
will become (GATE – 2003)
(a) 2.8 mA (b) 2.0 mA (c) 1.4 mA (d) 1.0 mA

Q.60 In the circuit shown, the current gain „ ‟ of the ideal transistor is 10. The operating point of the transistor
( ) is (GATE – 2003)
(a) ( ) (b) (0 V, 4A) (c) (40V, 5A) (d) (15V, 4A)

Q.61 The common Emitter amplifier shown in the figure is biased using a 1mA ideal current source. The approximate base
current value is – (GATE – 2005)
(a) 0 (b) 10 (c) 100 (d) 1000
Common data Question (Q.62 & Q.63)
Assume that the threshold voltage of the N-channel MOSFET shown in figure is 0.75 V the output characteristics of
the MOSFET are also shown (GATE – 2005)
Q.62 The Transconductance of the MOSFET is

(a) 0.75 mS (b) 1 mS (c) 2 mS (d) 10 mS
Q.63 The voltage gain of the amplifier is
(a) +5 (b) -7.5 (c) +10 (d) -10
Q.64 Consider the circuit shown in figure. If the of the transistor is 30 and is 20 nA and the input voltage is 5V then
the transistor would be operating in (GATE – 2006)
(a) Saturation region (c) Break down region

(b) Active region (d) Cut – off region
Q.65 Two perfectly matched silicon transistors are connected as shown in the figure. Assuming the of the transistors to
be very high and forward voltage drop to be 0.7V, the value of current I is (GATE – 2008)
(a) 0 mA (b) 3.6 mA (c) 4.3 mA (d) 5.7 mA

Q.66 The transistor circuit shown uses a „Si‟ transistor with and a DC current gain of 100. The value
of is (GATE – 2010)
(a) 4.65 V (b) 5V (c) 6.3V (d) 7.23 V
Q.67 The transistor is used in the circuit shown below has a of 30 and is negligible. (GATE – 2011)
If the forward voltage drop of diode is 0.7V. Then the current through collector will be
(a) 168 mA (b) 108 mA (c) 20.54 mA (d) 5.36 mA
Q.68 The voltage gain of the circuit shown below is (GATE – 2012)
(a) | | (b) | | (c) | | (d) | |

Q.69 for the circuit shown in figure, and determine (GATE – 2002)
(a) Current through and

(b) The output voltage
(c) The value of
Q.70 The transconductance of the transistor shown in figure is 10 mS. The value of input resistance is
(GATE – 2004)
(a) 10 kΩ (b) 8.3 kΩ (c) 5 kΩ (d) 2.5 kΩ
Q.71 The typical frequency response of a two stage direct coupled voltage amplifier is a shown in figure
(GATE – 2005)
Q.72 With the ideal operational amplifiers, the circuit in figure simulates the equation (GATE – 1991)
Q.73 The circuit shown in figure is excited by the input wave form shown. Sketch the wave form of the output. Assume all
the components are ideal (GATE – 1992)
Q.74 In the following circuit the output „V‟ follows an equation of the form (GATE – 1992)
( ). Find a, b and f(t)
Q.75 Match the following: (GATE – 1993)

Circuit: Functions
(P) High pass filter
(Q) Amplifier
(R) comparator
(S) Low Pass Filter
Q.76 For the oscillator circuit shown in figure, the expression for the time period of oscillations can be given by
( ) (GATE – 2001)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.77 An op amp having a slew rate of 62.8 is connected in a voltage follower configuration. If the maximum
amplitude of the input sinusoidal is 10 Volts. Then the minimum frequency at which the slew the slew rate limited
distortion would set in at the output is (GATE – 2001)
(a) 1 MHz (b) 6.28 MHz (c) 10 MHz (d) 62.8 MHz
Q.78 The output voltage ( ) of the Schmit trigger shown in figure swings between +15V and -15V. Assume that the
operational amplifier is ideal. The output will change from +15V to -15V when the instantaneous value of the input
sine wave is (GATE – 2002)
(a) 5 V in the positive slope only (c) 5 V in the positive and negative slopes
(b) 5 V in the negative slope only (d) 3 V in the positive and negative slopes
Q.79 Assuming the operational amplifier to be ideal the gain for the circuit shown in figure (GATE – 2003)
(a) -1 (b) 20 (c) -100 (d) -120
Q.80 The input resistance ( ) of the circuit in the figure is (GATE – 2004)
(a) 100 kΩ (b) -100 kΩ (c) 1 MΩ (d) -1 MΩ
Q.81 In the Schmitt trigger circuit shown in figure, if ( ) the output logic low level ( ) is
(GATE – 2004)
(a) 1.25 V (b) 1.35 V (c) 2.5 V (d) 5.0 V

Q.82 In the active filter circuit shown in figure if a pair of poles will be realized with wo equal to
(GATE – 2004)
(a) 10000 rad/sec (b) 100 rad/sec (c) 10 rad/sec (d) 1 rad/sec
Q.83 Consider the inverting amplifier using an ideal operational amplifier shown in figure. The designer wishes to realized
the i/p resistance seen by the small signal source to be as large as possible, while keeping the voltage gain between -
10 and -25. The upper limit on is 1MΩ. The value of should be (GATE – 2005)
(a) Infinity (b) 1 MΩ (c) 100 KΩ (d) 40 KΩ

Q.84 In the given figure, if the input is a sinusoidal signal, the output will appear as shown (GATE – 2005)
Q.85 A relaxation oscillator is made using op amp as shown in figure. The supply voltage of the op amp are the
voltage waveform at point „p‟ will be (GATE – 2006)
Q.86 The switch „S‟ is the circuit of the figure is initially closed. It is opened at time . You may neglect the zener
diode forward voltage drops. What is the behaviour of for (GATE – 2007)
(a) It makes a transition from -5V to +5V at

(b) It makes a transition from -5V to +5V at
(c) It makes a transition from +5V to -5V at
(d) It makes a transition from +5V to -5V at
Q.87 The block diagram of two types of half wave rectifiers are shown in figure. The transfer characteristics of the
rectifiers are also shown within the block (GATE – 2008)
It is desired to mark full rectifier using two half wave rectifiers. The resultant circuit will be
Linked Answer Questions For Q.88 and Q.89
A general filter circuit is shown in figure (GATE – 2008)
Q.88 If and , the circuit acts as a

(a) All pass filter (b) Bank pass (c) High pass filter (d) Low pass
Q.89 The output of the filter in above is given to the circuit shown in figure
The gain frequency characteristics of the 0/p ( ) will be
Q.90 The following circuit has R = 10 kΩ, C = 10 . The input voltage is sinusoid at 50 Hz with an RMS values of 10V.
Under ideal conditions, the current from the source is (GATE – 2009)
(a) leading by (c) lagging by

(b) leading by (d) lagging by
Q.91 An ideal op amp circuit and its input waveform are shown in the figures. The o/p w/f of this circuit will be
(GATE –2009)
Q.92 The circuit shown is a (GATE – 2012)
(a) Low pass filter with ( )

(c) Low pass filter with
(b) High pass filter with (d) High pass filter with ( )
Q.93 The circuit of fig. shows a 555 timer IC connected as an Astable multivibrator. The value of capacitor „C‟ is 10 nF.
The value of the resistors and for a frequency of 10 kHz and a duty cycle of 0.75 for the output waveform are
(GATE – 2003)
(a) , (c)
(b) (d)
Q.94 IC 555 in the adjacent figure is configured as an Astable multivibrator. It is enabled to oscillator at by applying
a high input to pin 4. The pin description is 1 and 8 – supply; 2-vigger; 4-reset; 6-threshold; 7-discrarge. The wave
form appearing across the capacitor starting from observed on the storage CRO is (GATE – 2007)
Five Marks Questions:

Q.95 In the circuit shown in figure calculate and sketch the wave form of current „i‟ over one period of the i/p voltages.
Assume the diodes to be ideal (GATE – 1992)
Q.96 For the circuit shown in figure, and determine (GATE – 2002)
(a) Current through and

(b) The output voltage
(c) The value of
Q.97 Figure shows a common emitter amplifier (GATE – 1991)
(a) Simplify the circuit by applying thevenin‟s theorem to biasing network at the base of the transistor.
(b) Assuming to be a short for frequency range considered. Draw the small signal a.c. model of the circuit
obtained in (a) by using the simple model for the transistor shown in figure.
(c) Evaluate the small signal gain ( ) of the amplifier.
Q.98 For the JFET amplifier shown in figure (GATE – 1992)

(a) Draw the AC equivalent circuit
(b) Find the voltage gain of the amp
Q.99 For the small signal BJT amplifier shown in given figure. Determine at 1 KHz the following (GATE – 1999)
(a) Quiescent collector current
(b) Small signal voltage gain
(c) Max. possible swing of the collector current.
Q.100 A current amplifier has an input resistance of 10Ω, an o/p resistance of 10KΩ and a Current gain of 1000. It is feed
by a current source having a source resistance of 10 KΩ and its output connected to a 10Ω load resistance. Find the
voltage gain and the power gain (GATE – 2000)
Q.101 The transistor in the amplifier circuit shown in figure is biased at Use (GATE – 2001)
( ) and
(a) Determine the AC small signal midband voltage gain ( ) of the circuit
(b) Determine the required value of for the circuit to have a lower cutoff frequency of 10 Hz
Q.102 In the figure shown, assume that the zener diode and operational amplifier to be ideal (GATE – 1991)
(a) Draw the equivalent circuit and evaluate the gain ( ) of the circuit for
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b) Sketch the gain ( ) characteristics of the above circuit and label the salient features.
Q.103 (a) For the circuit shown in figure (GATE – 1992)
(i) Calculate the transfer function
(ii) Plot the amplitude and phase response as a function for
Q.104 Figure below shows an op – amp amplifier. Find the output voltage in steady state condition where (i) switch is open
(ii) is closed. (GATE – 1994)
Q.105 In the circuit of figure For the op amp A = . For .
Calculate and and estimate the input resistance of the circuit, (GATE – 1998)
Q.106 The input voltage in the given circuit is a 1 KHz sine of 1V amplitude. Assume ideal op amp with
Supply. Sketch on a single diagram the waveforms of and shown, indicating the peak values of and
average value of . (GATE – 1999)
Q.107 For the op amp circuit shown in figure. Determine the output voltage . Assume that the op amps are ideal
(GATE – 2001)
Q.108 A simple active filter as shown in figure. Assume ideal op amp Derive the transfer function of the circuit and
state the type of filter (ie., high pass, Low pass, ban – pass or band reject Determine the required values of and
c in order for the filter to have a Cutoff (or) 3-dB frequency of 1 kHz, a high frequency input resistance of 100 kΩ
and a high frequency gain magnitude of 10. (GATE – 2001)
Q.109 Determine the frequency of Oscillation of the circuit shown in figure. Assume the OP – amp to be ideal
(GATE – 1997)
Q.110 Show that the ckt given in fig. will work as an oscillator at , if (GATE – 1998)
Q.111 Determine the transfer function ( ) for the RC network shown in figure (1). The network is used as a feedback ckt
in an oscillator ckt shown in figure (2) to generate sinusoidal oscillations. Assuming that the operational amplifier is
ideal, determine the value of for generating these oscillations. Also ns frequency if and
(GATE – 2002)
CHAPTER NO-6
ANALOG ELECTRONICS QUESTION GATE
(PART-2)
Q.1 The wave shape of in Fig. is (Gate – 1993)
Q.2 The Zener diode I the circuit shown in the figure has a Knee current of 5mA, and a maximum allowed power
dissipation of 300 mW. What are the minimum and maximum load currents that can be drawn safely from the
circuit, keeping the output voltage constant at 6 V? (Gate – 1996)
Q.3 For full wave rectification, a four diode bridge rectifier to have the following advantages over a two diode circuit.
1. Less Expensive transformer 2. Smaller size transformer and (Gate – 1998)
3. Suitability for higher voltage application of these
(a) only 1 and 2 are true (b) only 1 and 3 are true
(c) only 2 and 3 are true (d) 1, 2 as well as 3 are true
Q.4 The circuit shown in figure is best described as a (Gate –2003)
(a) Bridge Rectifier (b) Ring Modulator (c) Frequency discriminator (d) Voltage doubler
Q.5 The correct full wave rectifier circuit is (Gate – 2007)
Q.6 In the following limiter circuit, an input voltage is applied. Assume that the diode drop is 0.7V
when it is forward biased. The Zener breakdown voltage is 6.8V. (Gate – 2008)
The maximum and minimum values of the output voltage respectively are
(a) 6.1 V, - 0.7 V (b) 0.7 V, - 7.5 V (c) 7.5 V, - 0.7 V (d) 7.5 V, - 7.5 V
Q.7 In the circuit below, the diode is ideal the voltage V is given by (Gate – 2009)
(a) Min ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) max ( )

Q.8 The diodes and capacitors in the circuit shown are ideal. The voltage ( ) across the diode is (Gate – 2012)
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( )

Q.9 The characteristics of the diode in the circuit given below are (Gate – 2012)
{ }
The current in the circuit is

(a) 10 mA (b) 9.3 mA (c) 6.67 mA (d) 6.2 mA\
Q.10 The Bandwidth of an n-stage tuned Amplifier, with each stage having a bandwidth of B, is given by (Gate – 1993)
(a) B/n (b) √ (c) √ (d) √
Q.11 For the Amplifier circuit of fig. The transistor ahs a of 800. The mid band voltage gain of the circuit will
be. (Gate – 1993)
(a) 0 (b) < 1 (c) (d) 800

Q.12 In order to reduce the harmonic distortion in an Amplifier its dynamic range has to be---------- (Gate – 1994)
Q.13 A Common Emitter transistor Amplifier has a collector current of 1.0 mA when its base current is at the
room temperature. It‟s input is approximately equal to -------- (Gate – 1994)
Q.14 A BJT is said to be operating in the saturation Region if (Gate – 1995)
a) Both the Junctions are reverse biased.
b) Base Emitter Junction is reverse biased and Base Collector Junction is forward biased.
c) Base emitter Junction is forward biased and Base Collector Junction is reverse biased.
d) Both the Junctions are forward biased.
Q.15 A transistor having and is used in the circuit of the figure is the value of the collector
current will be (Gate – 1995)
Q.16 In a bipolar transistor at room temperature if the emitter current is doubled the voltage across its base emitter
junction (Gate – 1996)
(a) Doubles (b) Halves
(c) Increase by about 20 mV (d) Decrease by about 20 mV
Q.17 In the BJT amplifier shown in the figure is the transistor is biased in the forward active region putting a capacitor
across will (Gate – 1997)
a) Decrease the voltage gain and decrease the i/p impedance

b) Increase the voltage gain and decrease the i/p impedance
c) Decrease the voltage gain and increase the i/p impedance
d) Increase the voltage gain and increase the i/p impedance
Q.18 A cascade Amplifier stage is equivalent to (Gate – 1997)
a) A common emitter stage followed by a common base stage
b) A common base stage followed by an Emitter follower
c) An Emitter follower stage followed by a common base stage
d) A common base stage followed by a common Emitter stage
Q.19 The circuit of the figure is an example of feedback of the following type (Gate – 1998)
(a) Current series (b) Current shunt (c) Voltage series (d) Voltage shunt
Q.20 From measurement of the rise time of the o/p pulse of an Amplifier whose input is a small Amplitude square wave,
on can estimate the following parameter of the Amplifier. (Gate – 1998)
(a) Gain, bandwidth product (b) Slew Rate
(c) Upper 3 – dB frequency (d) Lower 3- dB frequency
Q.21 A distorted sinusoid has the Amplitude, of the fundamental, second harmonic, third harmonic, . . . . .
. respectively. The total distortion is (Gate – 1998)
√ √ ( )
(a) (b) (c) (d)
√
Q.22 The Emitter coupled pair of BJT‟s gives a linear transfer relation between the differential o/p voltage and the
differential input voltage only. When the magnitude of is less „ ‟ times the thermal voltage, where „ ‟ is
(Gate – 1998)
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1
Q.23 A multistage Amplifier has a low pass Response with three Real poles at and . The approximate
overall bandwidth B of the Amplifier will be given by (Gate – 1998)
(a) (c) ( )
(b) (d) √
Q.24 In a series Regulated power supply circuit the voltage gain Av of the “pass” transistor satisfies the condition
(Gate – 1998)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.25 The unit of are (Gate – 1998)
(a) V (b) (c) (d) J/K

Q.26 In the cascade amplifier shown in the figure, If the Common-Emitter stage ( ) ahs a transconductance and
the common base stage ( ) has a transcondductance , then the overall transconductance ( ) of the
cascaded amplifier is (Gate – 1999)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.27 Introducing a resistor in the emitter of a common amplifier stabilizes the dc operating point against variations in
(Gate – 2000)
(a) Only the temperature (c) Both temperature and
(b) Only the of the transistor (d) None of the above
Q.28 The current gain of a BJT is (Gate – 2001)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.29 Choose the correct match for input resistance of various Amplifier Configuration shown in below. (Gate – 2003)
Configuration Input Resistance
CB : Common Base LO : Low
CC : Common Collector MO : Moderate
CE : Common Emitter HI : High
(a) CB – LO, CC – MO, CE – HI (c) CB – LO, CC – HI, CE – MO
(b) CB – HI, CC – LO, CE – MO (d) CB – MO, CC – HI, CE – LO
Q.30 Assuming and , the min9imum base current ( ) required to drive the transistor in the figure
to saturation is (Gate – 2004)
(a) 56 (b) 140 mA (c) 60 mA (d) 3 mA

Q.31 The cascade amplifier is a configuration of (Gate – 2005)
(a) CC – CB (b) CE – CB (c) CB – CC (d) CE – CC
Q.32 The input impedance ( ) and the impedance ( ) of an ideal transconductance (voltage controlled current source)
amplifier are (Gate – 2006)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.33 In the silicon BJT circuit shown below, assume that the emitter area of transistor Q1 is half that of transistor Q2
(Gate – 2010)
(a) 0.5 mA (b) 2 mA (c) 9.3 mA (d) 15 mA
Q.34 The amplifier circuit shown below uses a silicon transistor. The capacitors and can be assumed to be short at
signal frequency and the effect of output resistance can be ignored. If is disconnected from the circuit, which
on one of the following statements is TRUE? (Gate – 2010)
(a) The input resistance increases and the magnitude of voltage gain decreases
(b) The input resistance decreases and the magnitude of voltage gain increases
(c) Both input resistance and the magnitude of voltage gain decrease
(d) Both input resistance and the magnitude of voltage gain increase
Q.35 In circuit shown below, capacitors and are very large shorts at the inputs frequency. is a small signal input.
The gain magnitude | | at 10 Mrad/s is (Gate – 2011)
(a) Maximum (b) Minimum (c) Unity (d) Zero

Q.36 The current through the base of a silicon npn transistor is ( )mA. At 300K, the in the
small signal model of the transistor is (Gate – 2012)
(a) (b) 27.5 (c) 25 (d) 22.5

Q.37 In a multi stag RC coupled Amplifier the coupling capacitor. (Gate – 1993)
(a) Limits the low frequency response.
(b) Limits the high frequency response.
(c) Does not affect the frequency response
(d) Blocks the d.c. components without effecting the frequency response.
Q.38 An RC Coupled Amplifier is assumed to have a single pole low frequency transfer function. The maximum lower
cut off frequency allowed for the Amplifier to pass 50 Hz. Square wave with no more than 10% tilt is –
(Gate – 1995)
Q.39 An npn transistor has a beta cut off frequency of 1MHz and Common Emitter short circuit low frequency current
gain of 200 at unity gain frequency and the alphas cut off frequency respectively are (Gate – 1996)
(a) 200 MHz, 201 MHz (b) 200 MHz, 199 MHz (c) 199 MHz, 200 MHz (d) 201 MHz, 200 MHz
Q.40 The of a BJT is related to its , and as follows (Gate – 1998)
( )
(a) (b) (c) (d)
( )
Q.41 The current gain of a bipolar transistor drops at high frequencies because of (Gate – 2000)
(a) Transistor capacitances (b) High current effects in the base
(c) Parasitic inductive elements (d) The Early effect
Q.42 Three identical RC – Coupled transistor amplifiers are cascaded. If each of the amplifier has a frequency response
as shown in the figure, the overall frequency response is as given as (Gate – 2002)
Q.43 Generally, the gain of a transistor Amplifier falls at high frequency due to the (Gate – 2003)
(a) Internal Capacitances of the device (c) Skin Effect
(b) Coupling Capacitor at the input (d) Coupling Capacitor at the output
Q.44 The transit time of a current carriers through the channel of an FE decides it characteristics. (Gate – 1994)
Q.45 An n-channel JEET has and . Its maximum transconductance is - - - - - (Gate – 1995)
Q.46 Two identical FETs, each characterized by the parameters and are connected in parallel. The composite FET
is then characterized by the parameters. (Gate – 1998)
(a) and (b) and (c) and (d) and
Q.47 In the MOSFET amplifier of the figure is the signal output and obey the Relationship (Gate – 1998)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.48 The frequency compensation is used in OP – Amps to increase its -- ---- (Gate – 1994)
Q.49 In the given circuit the given figure, if the voltage inputs and are to be Amplified by the same amplification
factor, the value of „R‟ should be (Gate – 1995)
Q.50 An op – amp is used as a zero crossing detector. If maximum output available from the Op – Amp is and
the slew rate of the Op – Amp is sec then the maximum frequency of the input signal that can be applied
without causing a reduction in the P – P output is (Gate – 1995)
Q.51 A change in the value of the Emitter resistance ( ) in a difference Amplifier. (Gate – 1995)
(a) Affects the difference mode gain (c) Affects both and
(b) Affects the common mode gain (d) does not affect either (or)
Q.52 The circuit shown in the figure is that of (Gate – 1996)
(a) A non inverting Amplifiers (c) An oscillator
(b) An inverting Amplifiers (d) A Schmitt Trigger
Q.53 An Amplifier A has 6 dB gain and 50 input and output impedances. The noise figure of this Amplifier as shown
in the figure is 3 dB. A cascade of two such Amplifiers as in the figure is will have a noise figure is (Gate – 1997)
(a) 6 dB (b) 8 dB (c) 12 dB (d) None of the above

Q.54 One input terminal of high gain comparator circuit is connected to ground and a sinusoidal voltage is applied to the
other input. The output of comparator will be (Gate – 1998)
(a) Sinusoid (b) A full rectified sinusoid (c) A half rectified sinusoid (d) A square wave
Q.55 In a differential Amplifier, CMRR can be improved by using an increased (Gate – 1998)
(a) Emitter resistance (b) collector resistance (c) Power supply voltage (d) Source resistance
Q.56 The first dominant pole encountered in the frequency response of a compensated op amp is approximately at
(Gate – 1999)
(a) 5 Hz (b) 10 KHz (c) 1 MHz (d) 100 MHz
Q.57 In the circuit of the figure is (Gate – 2000)
(a) -1 V (b) 2 V (c) +1 V (d) +15 V

Q.58 If the OP Amp in the figure, is ideal, then is (Gate – 2000)
(a) Zero (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( )

Q.59 The ideal Op Amp has the following characteristics. (Gate – 2001)
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.60 If the differential voltage gain the common mode voltage gain of a differential Amplifier are 48 dB and 2 dB
respectively, then it common mode Rejection Ratio is (Gate – 2003)
(a) 23 dB (b) 25 dB (c) 46 dB (d) 50 dB
Q.61 An ideal Op Amp is an ideal (Gate – 2004)
(a) Voltage controlled current source (c) Current controlled current source
(b) Voltage controlled voltage source (d) current controlled voltage source
Q.62 The circuit in the figure is a (Gate – 2004)
(a) Low pass filter (c) Band pass filter
(b) High pass filter (d) Band reject filter
Q.63 The input resistance of the amplifier shown in the figure is (Gate – 2005)
(a) 30/4 k (b) 10 k (c) 40 k (d) Infinite

Q.64 Assuming the Op – Amp to be ideal, the voltage gain of the amplifier shown below is (Gate – 2010)
(a) (b) (c) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.65 The transfer characteristic for the precision rectifier circuit shown below is (assume ideal OP - AMP and practical
diodes) (Gate – 2011)
Q.66 The circuit below implements a filter between the input current and the output voltage . Assume that the op
amp is ideal. The filter implemented is a (Gate – 2011)
(a) Low pass filter (b) Band pass filter (c) Band stop filter (d) High pass filter
Q.67 Negative feedback in amplifiers. (Gate – 1993)
a) Improves the signal to noise ratio at the i/p.
b) Improves the signal to noise ratio at the o/p.
c) Does not effect the signal to noise ratio at the o/p.
d) Reduces distortion.
Q.68 To obtain very high input and output impedances in a feedback Amplifier, the mostly used is (Gate – 1995)
(a) voltage – series (b) Current – series (c) Voltage – shunt (d) Current – shunt
Q.69 In a shunt – shunt negative feedback amplifier, as compared to the basic Amplifier. (Gate – 1998)
a) Both input and output impedance decreases
b) Input impedance decreases but output impedance increases
c) Input impedance increases but output impedance decrease
d) Both input and output impedance increases
Q.70 In a transistor push pull Amplifier (Gate – 1993)
(a) There is no d.c. present in the o/p. (b) There is no distortion in the o/p.
(c) There is no even harmonics in the o/p. (d) There is no odd harmonics in the o/p.
Q.71 A Class – A transformer coupled, transistor power Amplifier is required to deliver a power output of 10 watts. The
maximum power Rating of the transistor should not be less than. (Gate – 1994)
(a) 5 W (b) 10 W (c) 20 W (d) 40 W
Q.72 The input shown the figure supplies power to on 8 speaker, LS. The values of and for this circuit will be
and (Gate – 1995)
Q.73 A power Amplifier delivers 50 W output at 50% efficiency. The ambient temperature is . If the maximum
allowable junction temperature is , then the maximum thermal resistance that can be tolerated is
(Gate – 1995)
Q.74 Crossover distortion behaviour is characteristic of (Gate – 1999)
(a) Class A output stage (c) Class AB output stage
(b) Class B output stage (d) Common base output stage
Q.75 Consider the following two statements: (Gate – 2001)
Statement 1 : A Stable Multivibrator can be used for generating Square Wave.
Statement 2 : B stable Multivibrator can be used for storing binary information
(a) Only statement 1 is correct (c) Both the statement 1 and 2 are correct
(b) Only statement 2 is correct (d) both the statement 1 and 2 are incorrect
Two Marks Questions:
Q.76 The 6V Zener diode shown in fig. has zero Zener resistance and a Knee current of 5mA. The minimum value of R
so that the voltage across it does not fall below 6 V is. (Gate – 1992)
(a) 1.2K ohms (b) 80 ohms (c) 50 ohms (d) 0 ohms

Q.77 The Zener diode in the circuit shown in the figure has knee current of 5 mA, and a maximum allowed power
dissipation of 300 mW. What are the minimum and maximum load currents that can be drawn safely from the
circuit, keeping the output voltage constant at 6V? (Gate – 1996)
(a) 0 mA, 180 mA (b) 5 mA , 110 mA (c) 10 mA, 55 mA (d) 60 mA, 180 mA
Q.78 A dc supply has a No- load voltage of 30 V and a full load voltage of 25 V at a full load current of 1A. The output
resistance and load regulation, respectively are (Gate – 1999)
(a) 5Ω and 20% (b) 25 Ω and 20% (c) 5 Ω and 16.7% (d) 25 Ω and 16.7%
Q.79 The transistor shunt regulator shown in the figure has regulated output voltage of 10 V. The input varies from 20V
to 30V. The relevant parameters for Zener diode and the transistor are : .
(Gate – 2001)
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.80 A Zener diode Regulator in the figure is to be designed to meet the specification : and
varies from 30V to 50V. The Zener diode has and ( ) . For satisfactory
operation. (Gate – 2002)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.81 In the voltage Regulator shown in the figure, the load current can vary from 100 mA to 500 mA. Assuming that the
Zener diode is ideal (i.e. Zener Knee current is negligibly small and Zener Resistance is zero in the breakdown
Region), the value of „R‟ is. (Gate – 2004)
(a) 7 Ω (b) 70 Ω (c) 70/3 Ω (d) 14 Ω

Q.82 In a full – Wave Rectifier using two ideal diodes, and are the dc and peak values of the voltage respectively
across a Resistive load. If PIV is the peak inverse voltage of the diodes, then the appropriate relationships for this
Rectifier are (Gate – 2004)
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.83 The Zener diode in the regulator circuit shown in the figure has a Zener Voltage of 5.8 volts and a Zener Knee
current of 0.5 mA. The maximum load current drawn from this circuit ensuring proper functioning over the input
voltage range between 20 and 30 volts, is (Gate – 2005)
(a) 23.7 mA (b) 14.2 mA (c) 13.7 mA (d) 24.2 mA

Q.84 For the circuit shown below, assume that the Zener diode is ideal with a breakdown voltage of 6 volts. The
waveform observed across R is (Gate – 2006)
Q.85 For the Zener diode shown in the figure, the Zener voltage at knee is 7V, the knee current is negligible and the
Zener dynamic resistance is 10 Ω. If the input voltage ( ) range is from 10 to 16V, the output voltage ( ) ranges
from (Gate – 2007)
(a) 7.00 to 7.29 V (b) 7.14 to 7.29 V (c) 7.14 to 7.43 V (d) 7.29 to 7.43 V
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 86 and 87:
In the circuit shown below, assume that the voltage drop across a forward biased diode is 0.7V. The thermal
voltage The small signal input ( ) where (Gate – 2011)
Q.86 The bias current through the diodes is

(a) 1 mA (b) 1.28 mA (c) 1.5 mA (d) 2 mA
Q.87 The ac output voltage is
(a) 0.25 cos ( ) mV (b) 1 cos ( ) mV (c) 2 cos ( ) mV (d) 22 cos ( ) mV
Q.88 The configuration of cascade amplifier is: (Gate – 1987)
(a) CE – CE (b) CE – CB (c) CC – CB (d) CC – CC
Q.89 The quiescent collector current , of a transistor is increased by changing resistances. As a result (Gate – 1988)
(a) will not be affected (c) will increases
(b) will decrease (d) will increase or decrease depending upon bias stability.
Q.90 Each transistor in the Darlington pair (see Fig. below) has . The overall of the composite transistor
neglecting the leakage currents is (Gate – 1988)
(a) 10000. (b) 10001. (c) 10100. (d) 10200.

Q.91 The amplifier circuit shown below uses a composite transistor of a MOSFET and BIPOLAR in cascade. All
capacitance are large. of MOSFET = 2 mA/V, and of the BIPOLAR = 99. The overall Transconductance
of the composite transistor is (Gate – 1988)
(a) 198 mA/V (b) 9.9 mA/V (c) 4.95 mA/V (d) 1.98 mA/V
Q.92 The transistor in the amplifier shown below has following parameters: (Gate – 1988)
C is very large. The output impedance is
(a) 20 K Ω (b) 16 K Ω (c) 5 K Ω (d) 4 K Ω

Q.93 Of the four biasing circuits shown in fig. for a BJT, indicate the one which can have maximum bias stability:
(Gate – 1989)
Q.94 For good stabilized biasing of the transistor of the CE Amplifier of fig, we should have (Gate – 1990)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.95 Which of the following statements are correct for basic transistor Amplifier configurations? (Gate – 1990)
a) CB Amplifiers has low input impedance and low current gain.
b) CC Amplifiers has low output impedance and a high current gain.
c) CE Amplifier has very poor voltage gain but very high input impedance.
d) The current gain of CB Amplifier is higher than the current gain of CC Amplifiers.
Q.96 In figure all transistors are identical and have a high value of beta. The voltage is equal to ----- (Gate – 1991)
Q.97 If the transistor in fig, has value of and of 0.65 the current I flowing through the 2 kilo ohms resistance will
be ------ (Gate – 1992)
Q.98 A Darlington stage is shown in the figure is, if the transconductance of is and Q2 is , then the overall
transconductance is given by [ ] is given by (Gate – 1996)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.99 Match the following, (Gate – 1996)
a) Cascade Amplifier (1) does not provide current gain
b) Differential Amplifier (2) Is a wide band Amplifier
c) Darlington pair common (3) Has very low input impedance Emitter Amplifier and very high
Collector Amplifier current gain
(4) has very high input impedance and very high current gain
(5) Provides high common mode voltage Rejection
Q.100 In the circuit of the figure assume that the transistor is in the active Region. It has large and its base Emitter
voltage is 0.74. The value of is (Gate – 2000)
(a) In Determinate since is not given. (b) 1 mA (c) 5 mA (d) 10 mA

Q.101 In the Amplifier circuit shown in the figure, the values of and are such that the transistor is operating at
and when its is 150. For a transistor with of 200, the operating point ( ) is
(Gate – 2003)
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) ( ) (d) ( )

Q.102 Three identical Amplifiers with each one having a voltage gain of 50, input Resistance of 1 k and output
Resistance of 250Ω, are cascaded. The open circuit voltage gain of the combined Amplifier is (Gate – 2003)
(a) 49 dB (b) 51 dB (c) 98 dB (d) 102 dB
Q.103 A bipolar transistor is operating in the active region with a collector current of 1mA. Assuming that the „ ‟ of the
transistor is 100 and the transconductance ( ) and the input resistance ( ) of the transistor in the common
emitter configuration, are (Gate – 2004)
(a) and (c) and
(b) and (d) and
Q.104 For an npn transistor connected as shown in the figure, . Given that reverse saturation current of
the junction at room temperature K is , the emitter current is ( ) (Gate – 2005)
(a) 30 mA (b) 39 mA (c) 49 mA (d) 20 mA

Q.105 The circuit using a BJT with and is shown in the figure. The base current and collector
voltage are respectively (Gate – 2005)
(a) and (c) and 11 Volts

(b) and 16 Volts (d) 50 and 10 Volts
Common Data for Questions 106, 107 & 108. (Gate – 2006)
In the transistor amplifier circuit shown in the figure below, the transistor has the following parameters:
The capacitance can be assumed to be infinite.
In the figure above, the ground has been shown by the symbol
Q.106 Under the DC conditions, the collector – to – emitter voltage drop is
(a) 4.8 Volts (b) 5.3 Volts (c) 6.0 volts (d) 6.6 Volts
Q.107 If is increased by 10%, the collector – to – emitter voltage drop
(a) Increase by less than (or) equal to 10% (c) Increase by more than 10%
(b) Decreases by less than (or) equal to 10% (d) Decrease by more than 10%
Q.108 The small signal gain of the amplifier is
(a) -10 (b) -5.3 (c) 5.3 (d) 10

Q.109 In a transconductance amplifier, it is desirable to have (Gate – 2007)
(a) A large input resistance and large output resistance
(b) A large input resistance and a small output resistance
(c) A small input resistance and a large output resistance
(d) A small input resistance and a small output resistance
Q.110 The DC current gain ( ) of a BJT is 50. Assuming that the emitter injection efficiency is 0.995, the base transport
factor is (Gate – 2007)
(a) 0.980 (b) 0.985 (c) 0.990 (d) 0.995
Q.111 For the BJT circuit shown, assume that the of the transistor is very large and The mode of operation
of the BJT is (Gate – 2007)
(a) Cut off (b) Saturation (c) Normal active (d) Reverse active
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 112 and 113: (Gate – 2008)
In the following transistor circuit, , and all the capacitances are very large.
Q.112 The value of DC current is

(a) 1 mA (b) 2 mA (c) 5 mA (d) 10 mA
Q.113 The mid band voltage gain of the amplifier is approximately
(a) -180 (b) -120 (c) -90 (d) -60
Q.114 A small signal source ( ) is applied to transistor Amplifier as shown in bellow the
transistor has and which Expression best approximates ( ) (Gate – 2009)
(a) ( ) ( ) (c) ( )
(b) ( ) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.115 For a BJT, the common base current gain and the collector base junction reverse bias saturation current
. This BJT is connected in the common emitter mode and operated in the active region with a base
drive current . The collector current for this mode of operation is (Gate – 2011)
(a) 0.98 mA (b) 0.99 mA (c) 1.0 mA (d) 1.01 mA
Q.116 For the BJT in the circuit shown below, . The switch is initially closed. At time t =- 0,
the switch is opened. The time t at which leaves the active region is (Gate – 2011)
(a) 10 ms (b) 25 ms (c) 50 ms (d) 100 ms

Q.117 The voltage gain of the circuit shown below is (Gate – 2012)
(a) | | (b) | | (c) | | (d) | |
Q.118 In the circuit shown in fig. is a finite gain amplifier with a gain of K, a very large input impedance, and a very low
output impedance. The input impedance of the feedback amplifier with the feedback impedance Z connected as
shown will be (Gate – 1996)
(a) * + (b) ( ) (c) * + (d) * +
Q.119 All NPN transistor (with ) has a unity gain cutoff frequency of 400 MHz at a DC bias current
. The value of its (in PF) is approximately ( ). (Gate – 1999)
(a) 15 (b) 30 (c) 50 (d) 96
Q.120 An amplifier is assumed to have a single pole high frequency transfer function. The rise time of its output response
to a step functions input is 35 nsec. The upper 3 dB frequency (in MHz) for the amplifier to a sinusoidal input is
approximately at (Gate – 1999)
(a) 4.55 (b) 10 (c) 20 (d) 28.6
Q.121 An npn BJT has and DC current gain . For this transistor
and are (Gate – 2001)
(a) and (c) and
(b) and (d) and
Q.122 An ideal sawtooth voltage waveform of a frequency 500 Hz and Amplitude 3 V is generated charging a capacitor of
2 in Every cycle the charging requires (Gate – 2003)
(a) Constant voltage source of 3 V for 1 ms (b) Constant voltage source of 3 V for 2 ns
(c) constant current source of 3 mA for 1 ms (d) constant current source of 3 mA for 2 ms
Common Data for Questions 123 and 124: (Gate – 2010)
Consider the common emitter amplifier shown below with the following circuit parameters:
, , and
.
Q.123 The Resistance seen by the source Vs is

(a) 258 (b) 1258 (c) 93 k (d) 100
Q.124 The lower cut off frequency due to is
(a) 33.9 Hz (b) 27.1 Hz (c) 13.6 Hz (d) 16.9 Hz
Q.125 An n-channel JFET has a pinch off voltage of ( ) and The minimum „ON‟
resistance is achieved in the JFET for (Gate – 1992)
(a) and (b) and
(c) and (d) and
Q.126 The JFET in the circuit shown in fig. has an and . The value of the resistance for a drain
current is (Select the nearest value). (Gate – 1992)
(a) 150 ohms (b) 470 ohms (c) 560 ohms (d) 1 Kilo ohm
Q.127 The Voltage gain of the JFET Amplifier shown in the figure is (Gate – 2002)
(a) + 18 (b) – 18 (c) + 6 (d) – 6

Q.128 Consider the following statements in connection with the CMOS inverter in the figure. Where both the MOSFETS
are of enhancement type and both have a threshold voltage of 2 V. (Gate – 2002)
Statement 1 : conducts when .
Statement 2 : is always in saturation when .
Which of the following is correct?
(a) Only statement 1 is true (c) Both Statement are true

(b) Only statement 2 is true (d) Both the statement are False
Q.129 The action of a JFET in its equivalent circuit can be best represented as a (Gate – 2003)
(a) Current controlled current source (b) Current controlled voltage source
(c) Voltage controlled voltage source (d) Voltage controlled current source
Common data Questions 130, 131 and 132 (Gate – 2005)
Given,
Q.130 and of the circuit are respectively
(a) and 2 K (b) and 20/11 K (c) Infinity and 2 M (d) Infinity and 20/11
Q.131 and under DC conditions re respectively
(a) 5.625 mA and 8.75 V (c) 4.500 mA and 11.00 V
(b) 7.500 mA and 5.00 mV (d) 6.250 mA and 7.50 V
Q.132 Transconductance in Milli Siemens (mS) and voltage gain of the amplifier are respectively
(a) 1.875 mS and 3.41 (c) 3.3 mS and – 6
(b) 1.875 mS and -3.41 (d) 3.3 MS and 6
Q.133 For an n – channel MOSFET and its transfer curve shown in the figure, the threshold voltage is (Gate – 2006)
(a) 1 V and the device is in active region (c) 1 V and the device is in saturation region
(b) – 1 V and the device is in saturation region (d) – 1 V and the device is in active region.
Q.134 An n-channel depletion MOSFET has following two points on its curve: (Gate – 2006)
(i) at and
(ii) at
Which of the following Q-points will give the highest tranconductance gain for small signals?
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.135 Two identical NMOS transistors M1 and M2 are connected as shown below. is chosen so that both transistors
are in saturation . The equivalent of the pair is defined to be at constant
The equivalent of the pair is (Gate – 2008)
(a) The sum of individual of the transistors

(b) The product of individual of the transistors
(c) Nearly equal to the of M1
(d) Nearly equal to of M2
Q.136 In Fig. if the CMRR of the operational amplifier is 60 dB, then the magnitude of the output voltage is:
(Gate – 1987)
Q.137 The OP AMP shown in fig. below is ideal. √ . The phase angle between and and √ is
(Gate – 1988)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.138 Refer to Fig. (Gate – 1989)
(a) (c) For

(b) For (d) For
Q.139 The Op Amp of fig. has a very open loop voltage gain of 45 but is otherwise ideal. The gain of the Amplifier
equals:
(Gate – 1990)
(a) 5 (b) 20 (c) 4 (d) 4.5

Q.140 The CMRR of the differential Amplifier of the fig is equal to (Gate – 1990)
(a) (b) 0 (c) 900 (d) 1800

Q.141 If the input to the circuit of figure is a sine wave the output will be. (Gate – 1990)
(a) A half wave rectified sine wave. (c) A triangular wave.

(b) A full wave rectified sine wave. (d) A square wave.
Q.142 An Op Amp has an offset voltage of 1 mV and is ideal in all other respects. If this OP – Amp is used in the circuit
shown in fig. The O/P voltage will be (Select the nearest value). (Gate – 1992)
(a) 1 mV (b) 1 V (c) (d) 0 V
Q.143 The circuit of fig. uses on ideal OP – Amp for small positive values of , the circuit works as (Gate – 1992)
(a) A half wave rectifier (c) A logarithmic amplifier

(b) A differentiator (d) An exponential Amplifier
Q.144 Assume that the operational amplifier in figure is ideal the current I through the 1K ohm resistor is ---
(Gate – 1992)
Q.145 For the ideal OP Amp circuit of fig. Determine the output voltage (Gate – 1993)
Q.146 The output voltage of the circuit shown in the figure is (Gate – 1997)
(a) – 4 V (b) 6 V (c) 5 V (d) – 5.5 v

Q.147 If the OP Amp in the figure has an input offset voltage of 5 mV and an open loop voltage gain of 10000 then
will be (Gate – 2000)
(a) 0 V (b) 5 mV (c) + 15 V (or) – 15 V (d) + 50 V (or) – 50 V
Q.148 The inverting OP Amp shown in the figure has an Open loop gain of 100. The closed loop gain is (Gate – 2001)
(a) -8 (b) – 9 (c) – 10 (d) – 11

Q.149 In the figure assume the OP – Amps to be ideal. The output of the circuit is (Gate – 2001)
(a) ( ) (c) ( )
(b) ( ) (d) ( )
Q.150 An Amplifier using an Op – Amp with a Slew Rate SR = 1 V/ sec, has a gain of 40 dB. If this Amplifier has to
faith Amplify sinusoidal signals from dc to 20 KHz. Without introducing any Slew Rate Induced distortion, then
the input signal level must not exceed. (Gate – 2001)
(a) 795 mV (b) 395 mV (c) 79.5 mV (d) 39.5 mV
Q.151 If the input to the ideal comparator shown in the figure is sinusoidal signal of 8 V (Peak to Peak) without any DC
component, then the output of the comparator has a duty cycle of (Gate – 2003)
(a) ½ (b) 1/3 (c) 1/6 (d) 1/12

Q.152 The output voltage of the Regulated power supply shown in the figure is (Gate – 2003)
(a) 3 V (b) 6 V (c) 9 V (d) 12 V

Q.153 If the Op Amp in the figure is ideal, the output voltage will be equal to (Gate – 2003)
(a) 1 V (b) 6 V (c) 14 V (d) 17 V

Q.154 In the op amp circuit in the figure, the load current is (Gate – 2004)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.155 In an ideal differential amplifier shown in the figure, a large value of ( ). (Gate – 2005)
(a) Increase both the differential and common mode gain.

(b) Increases the common mode gain only
(c) Decreases the differential mode gain only
(d) Decreases the common mode gain only
Q.156 The voltage indicated in the figure has been measured by an ideal voltmeter. Which of the following can be
calculated? (Gate – 2005)
(a) Bias current or the inverting input only

(b) Bias current or the inverting and non – inverting inputs only.
(c) Input offset current only
(d) Both the bias currents and the input offset current.
Q.157 The OP – Amp circuit shown in the figure is a filter. The type of filter and its cut off frequency are respectively
(Gate – 2005)
(a) High pass, 1000 rad/sec. (c) High pass, 1000 rad/sec,
(b) Low pass, 1000 rad/sec, (d) Low pass, 1000 rad/sec,
Q.158 Given the ideal operational amplifier circuit shown in the figure indicate the correct transfer characteristics
assuming ideal diodes with zero cut in voltage. (Gate – 2005)
Q.159 For the circuit shown in the following figure, the capacitor C is initially uncharged. At , the switch S is
closed. The voltage across the capacitor at millisecond is (Gate
– 2006)
In the figure shown above, the OP – AMP is supplied with 15 V.

(a) 0 Volt (b) 6.3 Volts (c) 9.45 Volts (d) 10 Volts
Q.160 For the OP – Amp circuit shown in figure, is (Gate – 2007)
(a) 2 V (b) 1 V (c) 0.5 V (d) 0.5 V

Q.161 In the OP Amp circuit shown, assume that the diode current follows the equation ( ).
For , and for . The relationship between and is (Gate – 2007)
(a) √ (b) (c) (d)

Statement for Linked Questions 162 & 163: (Gate – 2007)
Consider the OP Amp circuit shown in the figure:
Q.162 The transfer function ( ) ( ) is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.163 If ( ), then the minimum and maximum values of (in radians) are respectively
(a) – and (b) and (c) – and 0 (d) – and 0
Q.164 Consider the following circuit using an ideal Op – Amp. The I – V characteristics of the diode is described by the
relation ( ) where and V is the voltage across the diode (taken as positive for
forward bias). For an input voltage , the output voltage is (Gate – 2008)
(a) 0 V (b) 0.1 V (c) 0.7 V (d) 1.1 V
Q.165 The OP Amp circuit shown above represents a (Gate – 2008)
(a) High pass filter (b) Low pass filter (c) Band pass filter (d) Band reject filter
Q.166 Consider the Schmit trigger circuit shown below. (Gate – 2008)
A triangular wave which goes form – 12 V to 12 V is appl9ied to the inverting input of the OP AMP. Assume that
the output of the OP AMP swings from +15 V to – 15 V. The voltage at the non inverting input switches between.
(a) -12 V and +12 V (b) – 7.5 and +7.5 V (c) – 5 V and + 5 V (d) 0 V and 5 V
Q.167 The circuit shown is a (Gate – 2012)
(a) Low pass filter with ( )

(b) High pass filter with
(c) Low pass filter with
(d) High pass filter with ( )
Q.168 Match the following: (Gate – 1994)

(A) Hartley : (1) Low frequency oscillator
(B) Wein bridge : (2) High frequency oscillator
(C) Crystal : (3) Stable frequency oscillator
(4) Relaxation oscillator
(5) Negative Resistance oscillator
Q.169 Value of R in the oscillator shown in the given figure. So chosen that it just oscillates at an angular frequencies of
„ ‟. The value of „ ‟ and the required value of R will respectively be (Gate – 1996)
(a) (c)
(b) (d)
Q.170 The oscillator circuit shown in figure is (Gate – 2001)
(a) Hartley oscillator with

(b) Colpitts Oscillator with
(c) Hartley Oscillator with
(d) Colpitts Oscillator with
Q.171 The circuit in the figure employs positive Feedback and is intended to generate sinusoidal oscillation. If a
( )
frequency , ( ) then to sustain oscillation at this frequency. (Gate – 2002)
( )
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Q.172 The Oscillator circuit shown in the figure has an ideal inverting Amplifier. Its frequency of Oscillation (in Hz) is
(Gate –2033)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

√ √ √ ( )
Q.173 The value of „c‟ required for a sinusoidal oscillations of frequency 1 KHz in the circuit of the figure is
(Gate – 2004)
(a) (b) (c) (d) √
√
Q.174 The feedback amplifier shown in Fig. has: (Gate – 1989)
(a) Current – series feedback with large input impedance and large output impedance
(b) Voltage – series feedback with large input impedance and low output impedance.
(c) Voltage – shunt feedback with low input impedance and low output impedance.
(d) Current – shunt feedback with low input impedance and output impedance.
Q.175 Two no inversing amplifiers, one having a unity gain and the other having a gain of twenty, are made using
identical operational amplifiers. As compared to the unity gain twenty has (Gate – 1991)
(a) Less negative feedback (b) Greater input impedance
(c) Less bandwidth (d) Non of the above
Q.176 Negative feedback in (Gate – 1997)
1. Voltage series configuration (a) Increase input impedance
2. Current shunt configuration (b) Decreases input impedance
(c) Increases closed loop gain
(d) Leads to oscillation.
Q.177 Negative feedback in an amplifier (Gate – 1999)
(a) Reduces gain (b) Increase frequency and phase distortions
(c) Reduces bandwidth (d) Increases Noise
Q.178 An amplifier has an open loop gain of 100, an input impedance of 1 K , and an output impedance of 100 . A
feedback network with a feedback factor of 0.99 is connected to the amplifier in a voltage series feedback mode.
The new input and output impedance (Gate – 1999)
(a) 10 and 1 (b) 10 and 10 (c) 100 K and 1 (d) 100 K and 1 K
Q.179 The most commonly used Amplifier in sample and hold circuit is (Gate – 2000)
(a) A unity gain inverting Amplifier (c) An inverting Amplifier with a gain of 10.
(b) A Unity gain non-inverting Amplifier (d) An inverting Amplifier with a gain of 100
Q.180 In a negative feedback amplifier using Voltage – Series (i.e. voltage – sampling, series mixing) feedback.
(Gate – 1992)
(a) decreases and decreases (b) decreases and increases
(c) increases and decreases (d) increases and increases
Q.181 An Amplifier without Feedback has a voltage gain of 50, input Resistance of 1 K and output Resistance of 2.5
K . The input Resistance of the current shunt negative feedback Amplifier using the above Amplifier with a
feedback factor of 0.2 is (Gate – 2003)
(a) 1/11 K (b) 1/5 K (c) 5 K (d) 11 K
Q.182 Voltage series feedback (also called series shunt feedback) results in (Gate – 2004)
a) Increase in both input and output impedances.
b) Decrease in both input and output impedances.
c) Increases in input impedance and decrease in output impedance
d) Decrease in input impedance and increase in output impedance
Q.183 The effect of current shunt feedback in an amplifier is to (Gate – 2005)
a) Increases the input resistance and decreases the output resistance
b) Increases both input and output resistances
c) Decreases both input and output resistances
d) Decreases the input resistance and increases the output resistance.
Q.184 In case of class A amplifiers the ratio (efficiency of transformer coupled amplifier) / (efficiency) of a transformer
less amplifier is: (Gate – 1987)
(a) 2.9 (b) 1.36 (c) 1.0 (d) 0.5
Common Data for Questions 185 and 186: (Gate – 2006)
A regulated power supply, shown in the figure below, has an unregulated input (UR) of 15 volts. And generates a
regulated output . Use the component values shown in the figure.
In the figure above, the ground has been shown by the symbol
Q.185 The power dissipation across the transistor Q1 shown in the figure is
(a) 4.8 Watts (b) 5.0 Watts (c) 5.4 Watts (d) 6.0 Watts
Q.186 If the unregulated voltage increase by 20% the power dissipation across the transistor Q1.
(a) Increases by 20% (b) Increases by 50% (c) Remains unchanged (d) Decreases by 20%
Five Marks Questions
Q.187 (a) Draw the transfer characteristics of the circuit of fig. assuming both and to be ideal. (Gate – 1998)
(b) How would the characteristics change if is ideal, but is non ideal and has forward resistance of and a
reverse resistance of infinity.
Q.188 For the circuit shown in the figure. and are identical diodes with ideality factor of unity. The thermal voltage
. (Gate – 2001)
(a) Calculate and .

(b) If the reverse saturation current, , for the diode is 1 pA, then compute the current I through the circuit.
Q.189 The transistor in the circuit shown in the figure, is so biased (dc biasing N/W is not shown) that the dc collector
current . Supply is (Gate – 1997)
The N/W components have following values, .

The transistor has specifications, and base spreading resistance
Assume
Evaluate input Resistance for two cases. At a frequency of 10 KHz

(a) CE, the bypass capacitor across is 25
(b) The bypass capacitor is removed leaving unbypassed.
Q.190 In the cascade Amplifier circuit shown below, determine the values of , and . Such that the quiescent
current through the transistors is 1mA and the collector voltage , and Take
Transistor to be high and base currents to be negligible. (Gate – 1997)
Q.191 In the circuit of fig. Determine the resistance seen by the output terminals ignore the effects of and .
(Gate – 1998)
Q.192 A bipolar junction transistor amplifier circuit is shown in the figure is assume that the current source is ideal,
and the transistor has very large , and . (Gate – 1999)
Determine the ac small signal midband voltage gain ( ), input resistance ( ), and output resistance ( ) of
the circuit. Assume
Q.193 For the amplifier of given figure, (Gate – 2000)

( )
and .
(a) What is the small signal voltage gain,

(b) What is the approximate if is removed?
(c) What will be if is short circuited?
Q.194 An emitter follower is shown in the figure, is the impedance looking into the base of the transistor and is the
impedance looking into the emitter of the transistor (Gate – 2001)
(a) Draw the small signal equivalent circuit of the amplifier.
(b) Obtain an expression for .
(c) Obtain an expression for .
Q.195 A common – emitter amplifier with an external capacitor connected across the base and the collector of the
transistor is shown in fig. (Gate – 1996)
Transistor data and determine the upper cut off frequency of

the amplifier
Q.196 In the MOSFET amplifier shown in the fig. the transistor has and
. Draw a small signal equivalent circuit for the amplifier for midband frequencies and calculate its
midband voltage gain. (Gate – 1994)
Q.197 In the JFET circuit shown in fig. assume that and the total stray capacitance at the output to be 20
pF. The JFET used has and . Determine the upper cut off frequency of the
amplifier. (Gate – 1995)
Q.198 A JFET with and is used in the circuit shown in fig. Assuming the device to be operating
in saturation, determine and (Gate – 1996)
Q.199 (a) Specify the type of the negative feedback in the JFET amplifier shown in fig. (Gate – 1987)
(b) Calculate the voltage gain , of the amplifier with no feedback ( ).
(c) Determine the value of the resistance , required to give a voltage gain .
Q.200 Consider the circuit shown in fig. The circuit uses an ideal operational amplifier. Assuming that the impedances at
nodes A and B do not load the preceding bridge circuit, calculate the output voltage . (Gate – 1992)
(a) When
(b) When and
Q.201 Find the output voltage, in the following circuit Fig, as summing that the Op Amps are ideal. (Gate – 1993)
Q.202 Find the output voltage of the following circuit assuming ideal op amp behaviour. (Gate – 1994)
Q.203 Shown that the system in Fig. is a double integrator. In other words, prove that the transfer gain is given by
( )
assume ideal OP – AMP (Gate – 1995)
( ) ( )
Q.204 Consider the circuit given in fig. using an ideal operational Amplifier. (Gate – 1997)
The characteristics of the diode are given by the Relation * +
Where V is the forward voltage across the diode

(a) Express as a function of assuming
(b) If R = 100KΩ, and
Find the input for which

Q.205 Assume that the OP AMP in the figure, ideal (Gate – 2001)
(a) Obtain an expression for in terms of and the reverse saturation current of the transistor.
(b) If and the thermal voltage then what is the value of the output voltage for
an input voltage ?
(c) Suppose that the transistor in the feedback path is replaced by a p-n junction diode with a reverse saturation
current of , the p-side of the diode is connected to node A and the n-side to node B. Then what is the
expression for in terms , R and ?
Q.206 The Op Amp in the Fig. below is ideal. Find the output when ( ( )) ( ) . Assume the capacitor to be
uncharged when the input is applied and . [ ( ) is the unit step function]. (Gate – 1988)
Q.207 Find the value of in the circuit of fig. For generating sinusoidal Oscillations. Find the frequency of oscillations.
(Gate – 1998)
Q.208 Implement a monostable multivibrator using the time circuit shown if fig. Also determine an expression for ON
time T of the o/p pulse. (Gate – 1998)
Q.209 An IC 555 chip has been to construct a pulse generator. Typical pin connections with components is shown below
in fig. for such an application. However it is desired to generate a square pulse of 10 KHz. (Gate – 1997)
Evaluate values of and if the capacitor has the values of 0.01 for the configuration chosen. If necessary
you can suggest modifications in the external circuit configuration.

1534254762537-GDCE 2018 Eng

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

1534254762537-GDCE 2018 Eng

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ANALOG ELECTRONICS QUESTIONS

for More Competitive books contact me or mail me @

ANALOG ELECTRONICS FOR IES (ECE)

(a) 2 V (b) 4.6 V (c) 8 V (d) 8.6 V

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.6 Circuit shown in the given figure represents

(a) An astable multivibrator (c) voltage controlled oscillator

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) – 100 V (b) – 100 mV (c) 10 V (d) – 10 mV

The gain bandwidth product of the Op Amp is

(a) (b) (c) (d) Zero

(a) 5 V (b) 3.1 V (c) 2.5 V (d) Zero

(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A

(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) (d)

Q.24 An amplifier circuit is shown in the given figure:

The voltage gain ( ) is

a) Base and emitter respectively are -8V and -7.3 V

(a) A high pass circuit (c) A band pass circuit

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) ( ) (b) ( ) (c) (d) cos t

(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Q.58 Consider the following statement:

The transistor is biased at

The output will be (assume ideal op – amp)

The output voltage for an input [ ( )]

(a) Direct coupled amplifier (c) Level shifter

(a) (b) (c) (d)

What is the function of diode in the above circuit?

What is the output voltage in the above Op Amp circuit?

(a) -5 mA (b) – 10 mA (c) +25 mA (d) +50 mA

What is the circuit shown above?

What is the type of circuit given above?

What is the output voltage in the above circuit?

(a) (b) √ (c) √ (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) ( ) (d) ( )

Q.147 Consider the following statements related to a shunt generator:

(a) 15 V (b) -15 V (c) -10 V (d) -13.5 V

(a) 3000 Ω (b) 1000/3 Ω (c) 300 Ω (d) 100 Ω

Q.156 A CE – amplifier has . Given and . What is the voltage gain?

(a) – 500 (b) – 400 (c) – 50 (d) – 40

(a) , internal junction capacitances of transistor

(a) -11 V (b) 6 V (c) 11 V (d) -6 V

(a) -1.1 V (b) +1.1 V (c) 1.0 V (d) 10 V

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) Bridge rectifier (c) Rectifier with filter

(a) Bi – stable multi vibrator (c) Monostable multi vibrator

(a) √ (b) (c) (d)

Q.235 A transistor works in three regions

(a) -0.75 volts (b) – volts (c) – volts (d) 16 votls

(a) Zero (b) (c) (d)

Which of these statements are correct?

(a) (b) (c) ( ) (d) ( )

(a) Voltage series feedback (c) Current series feedback

(a) -4.8 V (b) + 1.2 V (c) -2.4 V (d) + 2.4

(a) 120 (b) 150 (c) 165 (d)

(a) (b) 2 (c) (d)

(a) 1 V (b) 0.893 V (c) 0.477 V (d) 0.416 V

(a) 1 (b) zero (c) X (d) ̅

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) 0 (b) (c) √ (d)

(a) 0 (b) (c) √ (d)